Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Mega p2 Dbe QP Physical Sciences 2008-2020
Mega p2 Dbe QP Physical Sciences 2008-2020
Mega p2 Dbe QP Physical Sciences 2008-2020
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
basic education
Department:
Basic Education
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
ERRATA/ERRATUM
NSC EXAMINATIONS: Preparatory Examinations 2021
NSS-EKSAMEN: Voorbereidende Eksamen 2021
ENGLISH VERSION:
ERROR 1
Pa e QUESTION ERROR CORRECTION
6 1.10 Incorrect uestion Re lace with the uestion below.
1.10 The electrolytic cell illustrated below is used to electroplate a nickel rod with
copper.
X y
KOOSEGU2021
ERROR 2
Page QUESTION ERROR CORRECTION
16 10 Incorrect QUESTION 10 Replace QUESTION 10 with the
entire question below.
Half-reactions E9 (V)
2
Cr "'" + 2e- �
..- Cr -0,91
2H2O + 2e- �
..- H2(g) + 2OH- -0,83
Zn2"'" + 2e- �
.-- Zn -0,76
Cr3"'" + 3e- �
.-- Cr -0,74
Fe2"'" + 2e- �
..- Fe -0,44
cr3+ + e- �
..- Cr2"'" -0,41
Sn4"'" + 2e- �
.-- Sn2"'" + 0,15
Cu2"'" + e- �
..- Cu "'" + 0,16
Cu2"'" + 2e- �
.-- Cu +0,34
2H2O + 02 + 4e- �
.-- 4OH- + 0,40
Cu"'" + e- �
.-- Cu + 0,52
Ag+ + e- �
..- Ag + 0,80
02 (9) + 4W + 4e- �
..- 2H2O + 1,23
Cf2(a) + 2e- �
..- 2Ct- + 1,36
10.1 Define the term reducing agent in terms of electron transfer. (2)
10.2 From the above Table of Standard Reduction Potentials, write down the:
KOOSEGU2021
AFRIKAANSE WEERGAWE:
FOUT 1
Blads VRAAG FOUT KORREKSIE
6 1.10 Verkeerde vraa Vervan met die vraa hieronder.
1.10 Die elektrolitiese sel wat hieronder ge"illustreer word, word gebruik om 'n
nikkelstaaf met koper te elektroplateer.
X y
Watter EEN van die volgende is die korrekte voorstelling van 'n geskikte
elektroliet en die nikkelstaaf wat in die sel hierbo gebruik moet word om die
verwagte resultate te verkry?
ELEKTROLIET NIKKELSTAAF
A NiSQ4(aa) X
B CuSQ4(aq) X
C NiSQ4(aq) y
D CuSQ4(aq) y (2)
KOOSEGU2021
FOUT2
Bladsv VRAAG FOUT KORREKSIE
16 10 Verkeerde VRAAG 10 Vervang VRAAG 10 met die hele
vraag hieronder.
Halfreaksies E 9 (V)
Cr2+ + 2e- �
.,... Cr - 0,91
2H2O + 2e- �
.,... H2(g) + 2OH- -0,83
zn2+ + 2e- �
.,... Zn -0,76
cr3+ + 3e- �
.,... Cr -0,74
Fe2+ + 2e- �
.,... Fe -0,44
Cr3+ + e- �
.,... Cr2+ -0,41
Sn4+ + 2e- �
.,... Sn2+ + 0,15
Cu2+ + e- �
.,... cu+ + 0,16
Cu2+ + 2e- �
.,... Cu + 0,34
2H2O + 02 + 4e- �
.,... 4OH- + 0,40
cu+ + e- �
.,... Cu + 0,52
Ag+ + e- �
.,... Ag + 0,80
02 (9) + 4W + 4e- �
.,... 2H2O + 1,23
Cf2{a\ + 2e- �
.,... 2Ct- + 1,36
10.2 Uit die Tabel van Standaardreduksiepotensiale hierbo, skryf neer die:
10.3.1 Is 'n sinkhouer geskik vir die stoor van 'n koper(ll)sulfaat-oplossing?
Kies uit JA of NEE. (1)
�''-'
MRS PE OGUNBAN 0
�·�
3 {c:a-\
Director: Examinations and Assessment
Date: z_o2-'
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2019
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, e.g. between QUESTION 2.1 and
QUESTION 2.2.
10. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal
places.
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose the
answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question numbers (1.1 to 1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, e.g. 1.11 E.
1.1 Which ONE of the following compounds has the HIGHEST vapour pressure?
A HCOOH
B CH3CHO
C CH3CH2OH
D CH3CH2CH3 (2)
H H H
A H C C O H H C C O
B
H H H H
H H
H H O H
C C C H C C C C H
D O
H H n H H H
(2)
1.4 Which ONE of the following sets of values for activation energy (Ea) and heat
of reaction (∆H) is possible for a reaction?
How will the addition of a catalyst to the equilibrium mixture affect the YIELD
and REACTION RATE?
A Increase in temperature
B Decrease in temperature
1.8 Two hypothetical half-reactions and their respective reduction potentials are
shown below:
B+(aq) + e- ⇌ B(s) Eθ = -1,5 V
A2+(aq) + 2e- ⇌ A(s) Eθ = 2,5 V
A galvanic cell is set up using the above substances.
Which ONE of the following statements is CORRECT for this galvanic cell?
A B(s) is the reducing agent.
B A(s) is the oxidising agent.
C The mass of B(s) will increase.
D The mass of A(s) will decrease. (2)
1.10 Which ONE of the following is used as a catalyst in the Ostwald process?
A Iron
B Copper
C Platinum
D Vanadium (V) oxide (2)
[20]
2.2 The organic compound below has one positional isomer and one functional
isomer.
H O H H H
H C C C C C H
H H H H
OH
2.3.2 Write down the IUPAC name of the above compound. (2)
2.3.3 Write down the IUPAC name of the MAJOR ORGANIC PRODUCT
formed when this compound undergoes an elimination reaction. (2)
[16]
The boiling points of five organic compounds (P, Q, R, S and T) are studied.
Q 2,2-dimethylbutane
R 3-methylpentane
S Hexane
T Pentan-1-ol
The boiling points of Q, R and S are given below (NOT necessarily in the correct
order).
55 °C 49,7 °C 68 °C
3.3 Which ONE of the three boiling points is most likely the boiling point of
compound R? Explain the answer. (4)
Mixture of P and T
The flow diagram below shows how compound A can be used to prepare other organic
compounds. The numbers I, II, III and IV represent different organic reactions.
Compound A
III I H H H
base Concentrated
KOH
Primary alcohol H C C C H
IV CH3COOH II hydration
Use the information in the flow diagram to answer the following questions.
4.2.1 I (1)
4.2.3 IV (1)
The calcium carbonate (CaCO3) in antacid tablets reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid
(HCℓ) according to the following balanced equation:
CaCO3(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → CaCℓ2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(ℓ) H < 0
An antacid tablet of mass 2 g is placed in HCℓ(aq). After 30 s the mass of the tablet
was found to be 0,25 g.
5.2 Calculate the average rate (in g∙s-1) of the above reaction. (3)
The antacid tablet contains 40% calcium carbonate. Another antacid tablet of mass 2 g
is allowed to react completely with HCℓ(aq).
5.3 Calculate the volume of carbon dioxide, CO2(g) that will be collected at STP.
Assume that all the CO2(g) produced is from the calcium carbonate. (5)
The reaction rate of similar antacid tablets with excess HCℓ(aq) of concentration
0,1 mol∙dm-3 at DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES is measured. The graph below was
obtained.
1
(s-1)
time
Temperature (°C)
5.4 Write down ONE controlled variable for this investigation. (1)
5.5 Write down a conclusion that can be made from the graph. (2)
5.6 Use the collision theory to fully explain the answer to QUESTION 5.5 (3)
5.7 Redraw the graph above in the ANSWER BOOK. On the same set of axes,
sketch the curve that will be obtained if HCℓ(aq) of concentration 0,2 mol∙dm-3
is now used. Label this curve Y. (2)
[18]
Initially 60,8 g pure carbon dioxide, CO2(g), is reacted with carbon, C(s), in a sealed
container of volume 3 dm3. The reaction reaches equilibrium at temperature T
according to the following balanced equation:
Calculate the:
6.3 How will EACH of the following changes affect the AMOUNT of CO(g) at
equilibrium?
6.4 The table below shows the percentages of CO2(g) and CO(g) in the container
at different temperatures.
A hydrogen bromide solution, HBr(aq), reacts with water according to the following
balanced chemical equation:
7.1 Is hydrogen bromide a STRONG ACID or a WEAK ACID? Give a reason for
the answer. (2)
7.2 Write down the FORMULAE of the TWO bases in the above reaction. (2)
7.3 HBr(aq) reacts with Zn(OH)2(s) according to the following balanced equation:
7.3.1 Calculate the pH of the HBr solution remaining in the flask AFTER
the reaction with Zn(OH)2(s). (7)
A standard electrochemical cell is set up using two standard half-cells, as shown in the
diagram below.
Cℓ2(g) Q
X
Platinum
- X2 (aq)
Cℓ (aq)
8.1 State the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (1)
8.4 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the reducing agent. (1)
8.5 The reading on the voltmeter becomes ZERO after this cell operates for
several hours.
8.5.1 Give a reason for this reading by referring to the rates of oxidation
and reduction half-reactions taking place in the cell. (1)
The balanced equation for the net (overall) cell reaction is as follows:
9.3 Refer to the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials to explain why sodium
ions are not reduced during this process. (3)
[8]
The flow diagram below shows the processes involved in the industrial preparation of
an ammonium fertiliser.
Ammonium
fertiliser
10.2.1 TYPE of chemical reaction that converts compound P into gas Y (1)
BAG A BAG B
1 : 3 : 4 (21) 1 : 3 : 4 (27)
50 kg 40 kg
10.3.1 What do the numbers (21) and (27) on the labels represent? (1)
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2019
NSC
m N
n n
M NA
n m V
c or/of c n
V MV Vm
c a v a na
pH = -log[H3O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
Eθcell Ereduction
θ
Eθoxidation / Eθsel Ereduksie
θ
Eθoksidasie
or/of
Eθcell Eoxidising
θ
agent Ereducingagent / E sel Eoksideermiddel Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2019
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1
H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2019
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H2O2 + 2H +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
+ 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2 + 3+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e
⇌ 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
+
O2(g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
+ 2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
+
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
+
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O2(g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H + 4e
+
⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
2+
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2 +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e
⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+ +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni 0,27
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
+
Na + e ⇌ Na 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e ⇌ K 2,93
+
Li + e ⇌ Li 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2019
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
+
Li + e ⇌ Li 3,05
+
K + e ⇌ K 2,93
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
+
Na + e ⇌ Na 2,71
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
2019
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, e.g. between QUESTION 2.1 and
QUESTION 2.2.
Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose
the answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question numbers (1.1 to 1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, e.g. 1.11 D.
A Ethanol
B Butan-1-ol
C Butan-2-ol
D 2-methylbutan-1-ol (2)
1.2 Which ONE of the following will RAPIDLY decolourise bromine water?
A CH3CHCH2
B CH3CH2CH3
C CH3COOCH3
D CH3CH2COOH (2)
A C4H9CHO.
B C5H11OH.
C C4H9COOH.
D CH3(CH2)3CHO. (2)
The activation energy of the forward and reverse reactions are 156 kJ·mol-1
and 175 kJ·mol-1 respectively.
A –19.
B +19.
C +331.
D –331. (2)
1.5 The reaction given below reaches equilibrium in a closed container. The Kc
value is 0,04 at a certain temperature.
Which ONE of the following factors will change the Kc value to 0,4?
A Increase in pressure
B Decrease in pressure
C Increase in temperature
1.6 Which ONE of the following statements best describes a state of dynamic
equilibrium?
How will the extra water added to the flask affect the results of this titration?
A cannot be determined.
1.8 The standard reduction potentials for two substances used to set up a
galvanic cell are as follows:
Cathode Anode
A Cu2+ Sn
B Sn Cu2+
C Sn2+ Cu
D Cu Sn2+ (2)
1.9 Which ONE of the following half-reactions takes place at the POSITIVE
ELECTRODE of an electrochemical cell used to electroplate an iron rod with
silver?
A Ag+ + e– Ag
B Fe2+ + 2e– Fe
C Ag Ag+ + e–
A Potassium
B Sulphur
C Oxygen
D Carbon (2)
[20]
H H O H
CH3 CH3
A B H C C C C H
CH2 CH2
H H H
C CH3CCCH2CH3 D Butyl propanoate
H Br Br H H H
H C C C C C C H
H H H H
H C C C C H H H H H H
E F
H C H
H H H O
H C H
H
H
2.2 Write down the LETTER that represents each of the following:
Three compounds are used to investigate one of the factors that influences boiling
point. The results obtained are shown in the table below.
3.1 In one investigation the boiling points of compound B and compound C are
compared.
3.1.1 Is this a fair investigation? Write down YES or NO. Refer to the data
in the table and give a reason for the answer. (2)
3.1.2 Write down the independent variable for this investigation. (1)
3.2 Which ONE of the compounds (A, B or C) has the highest vapour pressure?
Give a reason for the answer. (2)
3.3 Refer to the intermolecular forces present in each compound and FULLY
explain the trend in boiling points, as shown in the above table. (5)
H H
H H
n C C C C
H H
H H n
Reaction 2
conc. H2SO4
Reaction 3 Compound Z
Compound X
H2O/conc. H2SO4 (major product)
Learners use the reaction of a sodium thiosulphate solution with dilute hydrochloric
acid to investigate several factors that affect the rate of a chemical reaction.
The balanced equation for the reaction is:
5.2 INVESTIGATION I
Concentration (mol∙dm-3)
5.3 INVESTIGATION II
KEY:
Particles that undergo
Number of particles
A effective collisions
B P
Kinetic energy
The potential energy diagrams, X and Y, below represent the reaction under
two different conditions.
X
Potential energy (kJ)
Reaction coordinate
5.5 In one of the investigations, 100 cm3 of 0,2 mol·dm–3 HCℓ(aq) reacts with
excess Na2S2O3(aq) and the solution is then filtered. After filtration of the
solution, 0,18 g of sulphur is obtained. Calculate the PERCENTAGE YIELD of
sulphur. (6)
[18]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/2019
SC/NSC
The balanced equation below represents the reaction used in the Haber process to
produce ammonia.
6.1 Write down the meaning of the double arrow used in the equation above. (1)
6.2 Give ONE reason why ammonia is removed from the reaction vessel as
quickly as it forms. (1)
The graph below shows the percentage yield of ammonia at different temperatures and
pressures.
350 °C
40
30
% yield of ammonia
450 °C
20
500 °C
10
6.3 Write down the percentage yield of ammonia at a temperature of 450 °C and
a pressure of 200 atmospheres. (1)
6.4.1 For a given pressure, the yield of ammonia at 500 °C is much lower
than that at 350 °C (3)
6.5.2 The above reaction now takes place in a 500 cm3 container at a
temperature of 350 °C and a pressure of 150 atmospheres. The
system is allowed to reach equilibrium.
Use the graph above and calculate the equilibrium constant, Kc, for
this reaction under these conditions. (7)
[17]
7.2 Explain how a weak base differs from a strong base. (2)
7.3 Write down the balanced equation for the hydrolysis of NaHCO3. (3)
At the endpoint she finds that 20 cm3 of the acid neutralised ALL the
hydrogen carbonate solution. The balanced equation for the reaction is:
chlorine gas Q
Cr(s)
platinum
1 mol·dm-3 Cℓ −(aq) Cr 3 (aq)
half-cell A half-cell B
8.1 Give a reason why platinum is used as the electrode in half-cell A. (1)
What will be the effect on the cell potential when a small amount of silver
nitrate solution, AgNO3(aq), is added to half-cell A? Choose from
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (2)
[13]
Cell A Cell B
DC source
P Q X Y
concentrated concentrated
NaCℓ(aq) CuCℓ2(aq)
9.2 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at electrode Q. (2)
9.3.2 Write down the LETTERS of the TWO electrodes where this product
is formed. Choose from P, Q, X and Y. (2)
9.4 Is electrode X the CATHODE or the ANODE? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
9.5 Write down the net (overall) cell reaction that takes place in cell B. (3)
[11]
10.1 The four steps in the manufacture of an inorganic fertiliser are listed below.
These steps are NOT written in the order in which they occur.
10.1.1 Correct order in which the steps occur in the preparation of the
inorganic fertiliser by using the numbers I to IV (1)
10.1.5 Reason why sulphur trioxide is NOT dissolved in water in step IV (1)
10.2 The diagram below shows a bag of NPK fertiliser. One of the numbers of the
NPK ratio on the bag is labelled as X.
NPK
X-1-2 (20)
50 kg
If the mass of potassium in the bag is 3,33 kg, calculate the value of X. (4)
[13]
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2019
SC/NSC
m N
n n
M NA
n m V
c or/of c n
V MV Vm
c a v a na
pH = -log[H3O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
Eθcell Ereduction
θ
Eθoxidation / Eθsel Ereduksie
θ
Eθoksidasie
or/of
Eθcell Eoxidising
θ
agent Ereducingagent / E sel Eoksideermiddel Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1
H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
+
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O2(g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H + 4e
+
⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
2+
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2 +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e
⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+ +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni 0,27
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
+
Na + e ⇌ Na 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e ⇌ K 2,93
+
Li + e ⇌ Li 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2019
SC/NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
+
Li + e ⇌ Li 3,05
+
K + e ⇌ K 2,93
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
+
Na + e ⇌ Na 2,71
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2018
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
This question paper consists of 16 pages, 4 data sheets and 1 graph sheet.
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal
places.
Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose
the answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, for example 1.11 D.
A C n H 2n
B C 2n H 2n
C C n H 2n - 2
D C n H 2n + 2 (2)
1.2 The type of reaction that takes place when a carboxylic acid and an alcohol
react in the presence of an acid:
A Addition
B Hydrolysis
C Substitution
D Esterification (2)
1.3 Which ONE of the following isomers has the LOWEST boiling point?
A CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
B CH 3 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 3
C CH 3 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
1.4 Which ONE of the reaction rate versus time graphs below best represents the
reaction between magnesium and EXCESS dilute hydrochloric acid?
A Reaction rate B
Reaction rate
Time Time
C D
Reaction rate
Reaction rate
Time Time
(2)
1.5 Which ONE of the following will NOT affect the equilibrium position of
reversible chemical reactions?
A Temperature
B Catalyst
C Pressure
D Concentration (2)
A pH = 7
B [H 3 O+] = [ OH − ]
C [H 3 O+][ OH − ] = 10-14
pH REASON
+
A 3 H 3 O (aq) is formed during the ionisation of HCℓ(aq).
B 5 H 3 O+(aq) is formed during hydrolysis of NH+4 (aq).
C 7 Neutralisation takes place at the end point.
D 9 OH-(aq) is formed during hydrolysis of NH+4 (aq). (2)
A redox.
B oxidation.
C reduction.
D electrolysis. (2)
1.9 The two half-reactions below are used to construct a galvanic cell.
A X+(aq) is reduced.
B Y(s) is reduced.
1.10 Which ONE of the following is CORRECT for the industrial preparation of
sulphuric acid?
PROCESS CATALYST
A Ostwald Platinum
B Haber Iron
C Contact Iron
D Contact Vanadium pentoxide (2)
[20]
H O H H H H H O
A H C C C C H B H C C C C H
H H H H H H
H C H
C Butan-1-ol D Butan-2-one
CH3
H CH3 CH2 H H H H
E H C C C C C C C H
H CH2 H H OH H H
CH3
2.1 Write down the LETTER that represents EACH of the following:
2.1.1 A tertiary alcohol (1)
2.1.2 An aldehyde (1)
2.1.3 A ketone (1)
2.1.4 A functional isomer of compound B (1)
2.2 Write down the IUPAC name of:
2.2.1 Compound B (1)
2.2.2 Compound E (4)
2.3 Define positional isomers. (2)
2.4 Write down the STRUCTURAL FORMULA of:
2.4.1 A positional isomer of compound C (2)
2.4.2 Compound D (2)
2.4.3 The organic acid that will react with compound C to form
butyl propanoate (2)
[17]
Study the vapour pressure versus temperature graphs for three organic
compounds, X, Y and Z, below which belong to different homologous series.
200
X
Vapour pressure (kPa)
Y
150
Z
100
50
0 25 50 75 100 125
Temperature (°C)
3.2 The graphs can be used to determine the boiling points of the three
compounds.
3.3 The homologous series to which the three compounds of similar molecular
masses belong, were identified in random order as:
3.3.3 Compound X has three carbon atoms per molecule. Write down
the IUPAC name of compound X. (1)
[10]
I Q + Br 2 2-bromobutane + HBr
II nP CH2 CH2
n
heat
III
R 2P + Q
heat
IV 2-bromobutane + KOH (in ethanol) S + T + H2O
4.2 Write down the reaction number (I, II, III or IV) that represents EACH of the
following:
Learners use the reaction between sodium thiosulphate and hydrochloric acid to
investigate one of the factors that affects reaction rate. The balanced equation for the
reaction is:
flask
The time taken for the cross to become invisible, when viewed from the top, is
recorded.
The experiment is then repeated four times with different volumes of the sodium
thiosulphate solution. The results obtained are shown in the table below.
5.2 How does the concentration of the sodium thiosulphate solution used
in experiment 2 compare to that used in experiment 5? Choose from MORE
THAN, LESS THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)
5.3 Draw a graph of average reaction rate versus volume of sodium thiosulphate
used on the attached GRAPH SHEET.
(ATTACH THIS GRAPH SHEET TO YOUR ANSWER BOOK.) (3)
5.4 Use the information in the graph to answer the following questions.
5.5 Use the collision theory to explain the effect of an increase in concentration
on reaction rate. (3)
5.6 The mass of sulphur produced in experiment 1 is 1,62 g. Calculate the mass
of the sodium thiosulphate used in experiment 1. (4)
[18]
The graph below shows the percentage yield for this reaction at 30 kPa as the
temperature is increased.
Percentage yield
30 kPa
Temperature
Use the information in the graph above to answer the following questions.
6.1.2 The heat of reaction (∆H) for the forward reaction is POSITIVE. Use
Le Chatelier's principle to explain this statement. (3)
The graph below show the percentage yield for this reaction as pressure
changes at constant temperature.
Percentage yield
Pressure
6.1.4 Which ONE of the following equations (I, II or III) represents the
equilibrium above?
6.2 A mixture of 0,2 moles of hydrogen chloride (HCℓ) and 0,11 moles
of oxygen gas (O 2 ) is sealed in a 200 cm3 flask at a certain temperature.
The reaction reaches equilibrium according to the balanced equation below:
Calculate the equilibrium constant, K c , for this reaction at this temperature. (9)
[18]
7.1 The balanced equation below represents the first step in the ionisation of
sulphuric acid (H 2 SO 4 ) in water:
7.1.1 Write down the FORMULAE of the TWO bases in the equation
above. (2)
7.2 Learners use the reaction of a 0,15 mol∙dm-3 sulphuric acid solution with a
sodium hydroxide solution in two different experiments. The balanced
equation for the reaction is:
8.1.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the reducing agent. (1)
8.1.5 Calculate the initial emf of this cell under standard conditions. (4)
The graph below represents the changes in mass that occur at electrode A
and electrode B in an electrolytic cell during the purification of copper.
5,0
4,6
A
Mass (g)
B
0,2
0
Time
9.1 Define electrolysis. (2)
9.2 Which graph, A or B, represents the change in mass of the anode during
electrolysis? (1)
9.3 Write down the equation of the half-reaction which takes place at the cathode
of this cell. (2)
9.4 Use the information in the graph and calculate the percentage purity of the
impure copper. (4)
[9]
Haber process
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
CENTRE NUMBER:
EXAMINATION NUMBER:
QUESTION 5.3
4,5
4
Average reaction rate (x 10-2 s-1)
3,5
2,5
1,5
0,5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
SENIOR CERTIFICATE EXAMINATIONS
2018
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
A ethyne.
B propene.
C but-2-ene.
D 2-chloropropane. (2)
1.2 When ethene reacts with hydrogen gas in the presence of a catalyst,
the product is …
A ethane.
B ethyne.
C ethanol.
D ethanal. (2)
C C C
A esters.
B ketones.
C aldehydes.
1.4 The potential energy graph for a hypothetical chemical reaction is shown
below.
products
b
a reactants
Course of reaction
What type of reaction is taking place and what are the correct methods to
calculate H and E a ?
TYPE OF
H Ea
REACTION
A Exothermic b−a c−b
B Endothermic b−a c−a
C Endothermic a−b a−c
D Exothermic a−b b−c (2)
The rate of the reaction in terms of the number of moles of substance P used
up, is 1 x 10-3 mol∙dm-3∙s-1. What is the rate (in mol∙dm-3∙s-1) at which
product R is formed?
A 1× 10 −3
B 4(1 × 10 −3 )
C 1× 10 −3
2
D 2(1× 10 −3 ) (2)
B Adding a catalyst.
1.7 Which ONE of the following represents the products formed during the
hydrolysis of NH +4 (aq)?
A NH 3 (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ)
B NH 3 (aq) + H 3 O+(aq)
C NH 3 (aq) + OH–(aq)
1.9 Which ONE of the following shows the electrode where the electrons are
gained in an electrolytic cell and the chemical change that occurs at this
electrode?
ELECTRODE WHERE
CHEMICAL CHANGE
ELECTRONS ARE GAINED
A Anode Oxidation
B Anode Reduction
C Cathode Oxidation
D Cathode Reduction (2)
A Haber process.
B contact process.
C Ostwald process.
Next to each letter, A to F, in the table below is the molecular formula of an organic
compound.
A C 2 H 5 Br B C2H4
C C 4 H 10 D C2H6O
E C3H6O F C3H6O2
2.5 State TWO changes that can be made to the reaction conditions in
QUESTION 2.4 to obtain compound B, instead of D, as product. (2)
[18]
The boiling points of straight-chain alkanes and straight-chain alcohols are compared
in the table below.
3.1 Explain the increase in boiling points of the alkanes, as indicated in the table. (3)
3.2 Explain the difference between the boiling points of an alkane and an alcohol,
each having THREE carbon atoms per molecule, by referring to the TYPE of
intermolecular forces. (4)
3.3 Does the vapour pressure of the alcohols INCREASE or DECREASE with an
increase in the number of carbon atoms? (1)
3.4 How will the boiling point of 2-methylpropane compare to that of its chain
isomer?
Write down HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or EQUAL TO. Give a reason for
the answer by referring to the structural differences between the two
compounds. (2)
[10]
CH3CHCH2
Reaction D
Reaction B
Reaction C Reaction A
CH3CH2CH2OOCCH3 Propan-1-ol CH3CH2CH2Br
H2SO4
4.1.1 A (1)
4.1.2 B (1)
4.1.3 C (1)
4.1.4 D (1)
4.3 Use STRUCTURAL FORMULAE for all organic reactants and products to
write a balanced equation for reaction A. (5)
[14]
Two experiments are carried out to investigate one of the factors that affects the
reaction rate between magnesium and dilute hydrochloric acid. The balanced equation
below represents the reaction that takes place.
Magnesium
Balance
The change in mass of magnesium is calculated and recorded in 2-minute intervals for
both experiments. The results obtained are shown in the graph below (NOT drawn
to scale).
2,6 Exp. 1
Exp. 2
0,2
0
2 10 16
Time (minutes)
5.3.2 Calculate the initial mass of magnesium used if the average rate of
formation of hydrogen gas in experiment 2 was 2,08 x 10-4 mol∙s-1 (5)
5.4 Use the collision theory to explain why the curve of experiment 2 is steeper
than that of experiment 1. (3)
[17]
16
Number of reactants and products (mol)
C
12
A
8
B
4
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time (minutes)
H2SO4(aq)
Erlenmeyer flask
NaOH(aq)
7.1 Write down the name of the experimental procedure illustrated above. (1)
7.4 Give a reason why sulphuric acid is regarded as a strong acid. (1)
7.5 Bromothymol blue is used as indicator. Write down the colour change that will
take place in the Erlenmeyer flask on reaching the endpoint of the titration.
During the titration a learner adds 25 cm3 of NaOH(aq) of concentration 0,1 mol·dm-3
to an Erlenmeyer flask and titrates this solution with H 2 SO 4 (aq) of concentration
0,1 mol·dm-3. The balanced equation for the reaction that takes place is:
7.6 Determine the volume of H 2 SO 4 (aq) which must be added to neutralise the
NaOH(aq) in the Erlenmeyer flask completely. (4)
7.7 If the learner passes the endpoint by adding 5 cm3 of the same H 2 SO 4 (aq) in
excess, calculate the pH of the solution in the flask. (7)
[17]
8.1 Consider the electrochemical cell represented by the cell notation below,
where X is an unknown metal:
8.1.1 Write down the type of electrochemical cell illustrated above. (1)
8.1.2 What does the single line (|) in the above cell notation represent? (1)
8.1.3 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at the anode in the
above cell. (2)
8.2.1 Chemical symbol for the electrode in the cathode half-cell (1)
8.2.3 Overall balanced cell reaction that takes place in this cell (3)
[14]
The diagram below shows an electrolytic cell used to electroplate an iron rod with
COPPER. Solution X is made up of an unknown NITRATE.
Power
source
Iron rod A
Solution X
9.1.1 Write down the general term used to describe these solutions. (1)
9.3 Which electrode (A or IRON ROD) is the negative electrode? Give a reason
for the answer. (2)
9.4 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at electrode A. (2)
9.5 Electrode A is now replaced by a silver rod without making any other changes
to the cell. After a while, TWO metallic ions are found to be present in the
solution.
9.5.1 Name the TWO metallic ions present in the solution. (2)
The flow diagram below shows the steps used to prepare fertilisers X and Y. Labels I
and II represent types of chemical reactions and P is a compound.
P + H2(g)
H2SO4 I
Fertiliser X Ammonia NO (g) Brown gas
Liquid C
II
Fertiliser Y
10.1.1 I (1)
10.1.2 II (1)
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2018
SCE
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
θ θ θ
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− +
NO 3 + 2H + e− ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e
+ −
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ −
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+ −
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+ −
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr + e− ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+ −
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76
2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83
2+ −
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+ −
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+
Sr + 2e− ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+ −
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+ −
K +e ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2018
SCE
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2018
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, e.g. between QUESTION 2.1 and
QUESTION 2.2.
Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose
the answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question numbers (1.1 to 1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, e.g. 1.11 D.
1.1 Which ONE of the following is the structural formula of the functional group of
the KETONES?
O O
A B
C H C
C C C C D C O H
(2)
A C2H4
B C5H10
C C14H30
D C8H14 (2)
H H CH3
H C C C CH3
H H CH3
A 2,3-dimethyl butane.
B 3,3-dimethyl butane.
C 2,2-dimethyl butane.
1.4 Activation energy can best be described as the minimum energy required
to …
Which graph below best illustrates the resulting changes in the rates of the
forward and reverse reactions after the temperature is increased?
rate (mol∙s-1)
rate (mol∙s-1)
A B
C D
1.10 The flow diagram below shows four stages (A, B, C and D) in the conversion
of sulphur to sulphuric acid.
Stage D
Sulphuric acid
A A
B B
C C
D D (2)
[20]
A test tube containing a straight chain organic acid X, ethanol and a catalyst is heated
in a water bath, as illustrated below.
test tube
X + C2H5OH ⟶ Y + H2O
2.1 Give a reason why the test tube is heated in a water bath instead of directly
over the flame. (1)
The molecular mass of compound Y is 144 g∙mol-1 and its empirical formula is C4H8O.
2.5 Write down the structural formula of the organic acid X. (2)
[10]
3.3 Which ONE of the compounds, A or B or C, has the highest vapour pressure?
Refer to the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)
3.4.3 Fully explain the difference between the boiling points by referring
to the types of intermolecular forces present in each of these
compounds. (4)
[15]
4.1 Three reactions of organic compounds from the same homologous series are
shown below.
4.1.5 Using molecular formulae, write down the balanced equation for
reaction II. (3)
Hydrolysis
2-bromobutane Compound R Alkene
The reaction of zinc and EXCESS dilute hydrochloric acid is used to investigate factors
that affect reaction rate. The balanced equation for the reaction is:
Zn(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) ⟶ ZnCℓ2(aq) + H2(g)
The reaction conditions used and the results obtained for each experiment are
summarised in the table below.
The same mass of zinc is used in all the experiments. The zinc is completely covered
in all reactions. The reaction time is the time it takes the reaction to be completed.
STATE OF
CONCENTRATION VOLUME OF TEMPERATURE REACTION
EXPERIMENT DIVISION
OF HCℓ (mol∙dm-3) HCℓ (cm3) OF HCℓ (°C) TIME (min.)
OF Zn
1 2,0 200 powder 25 7
2 1,5 200 granules 25 14
3 5,0 200 powder 25 5
4 1,5 400 granules 25 x
5 2,0 200 powder 35 4
5.1 Experiment 1 and experiment 5 are compared. Write down the independent
variable. (1)
B
number of molecules
Ea kinetic energy
5.5 Experiment 6 is now conducted using a catalyst and the SAME reaction
conditions as for Experiment 1.
5.5.1 What is the function of the catalyst in this experiment? (1)
5.5.2 How will the heat of reaction in experiment 6 compare to that in
experiment 1? Choose from: GREATER THAN, EQUAL TO or
LESS THAN. (1)
5.6 Calculate the average rate of the reaction (in mol·min-1) with respect to zinc
for experiment 2 if 1,5 g of zinc is used. (4)
[15]
QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)
2 dm3
7.1 Sulphuric acid is a strong acid present in acid rain. It ionises in two steps as
follows:
7.1.2 Write down the FORMULA of the conjugate base of H3O+(aq). (1)
7.2 Acid rain does not cause damage to lakes that have rocks containing
limestone (CaCO3). Hydrolysis of CaCO3 results in the formation of ions,
which neutralise the acid.
7.2.2 Explain, with the aid of the relevant HYDROLYSIS reaction, how
limestone can neutralise the acid. (3)
7.3.1 Calculate the concentration of the hydronium ions in the water. (3)
The volume of water in the lake is 4 x 10 9 dm3. Lime, CaO, is added to the
water to neutralise the acid according to the following reaction:
7.3.2 If the final amount of hydronium ions is 1,26 x 103 moles, calculate
the mass of lime that was added to the lake. (7)
[20]
8.1 Corrosion is a redox reaction that takes place in the presence of oxygen and
water. Rusting is the corrosion of iron leading to the formation of iron(III) ions.
A cleaned copper rod and a cleaned iron nail are placed in a beaker
containing water at 25°C, as shown below.
Cu
Fe H2O(ℓ)
After a while it was observed that the iron nail was coated with rust. The
copper rod showed no visible signs of corrosion.
8.1.2 Write down the half-reaction for the iron nail. (2)
connecting wire
iron pipe
moist soil
Q
8.1.5 You are given two metals, Zn and Cu, to use as metal Q.
Which metal would more suitable? Give a reason. (2)
8.2.1 Write down the overall (net) cell reaction that takes place when the
cell is functioning. (3)
8.2.2 Calculate the cell potential of this cell under standard conditions. (4)
[17]
The electrolytic cell below is set up to obtain pure copper from a piece of impure
copper.
power source
B A
electrolyte
The impure copper contains other metals, such as platinum, iron, cobalt, silver and
nickel.
The cell potential of the power source is adjusted so that only copper is deposited on
electrode B.
9.2 Write down the FORMULA of a suitable electrolyte for this cell. (1)
9.4 Sludge forms below one of the electrodes while the cell above is in operation.
Which of the metals, PLATINUM, IRON, COBALT, SILVER or NICKEL, will be
present in the sludge? (2)
[8]
In the flow diagram below, I and II represent industrial processes used in the fertiliser
industry.
P and Q are chemical reactions that take place to produce ammonium sulphate and
fertiliser Y respectively.
Ammonium sulphate
P
I II
N2(g) + H2(g) NH3(g) HNO3(aq)
Q HNO3(aq)
Fertiliser Y
10.1.1 I (1)
10.1.2 II (1)
10.3 In reaction P, NH3(g) reacts with another substance. Write down a balanced
equation for this reaction. (3)
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2018
NSC
m N
n n
M NA
n m V
c or/of c n
V MV Vm
c a v a na
pH = -log[H3O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
Eθcell Ereduction
θ
Eθoxidation / Eθsel Ereduksie
θ
Eθoksidasie
or/of
Eθcell Eoxidising
θ
agent Ereducingagent / E sel Eoksideermiddel Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1
H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
+
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O2(g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H + 4e
+
⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
2+
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2 +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e
⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+ +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni 0,27
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
+
Na + e ⇌ Na 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e ⇌ K 2,93
+
Li + e ⇌ Li 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2018
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
+
Li + e ⇌ Li 3,05
+
K + e ⇌ K 2,93
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
+
Na + e ⇌ Na 2,71
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2017
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Write
down the question number (1.1–1.10), choose the answer and make a cross (X) over
the letter (A–D) of your choice in the ANSWER BOOK.
EXAMPLE:
1.11 A B C D
1.1 Which ONE of the following is the product formed in the Haber process?
A Nitrogen
B Ammonia
C Nitric acid
A alcohols.
B ketones.
C haloalkanes.
CH3 CH3
C C
CH3 CH3
A 2,3-dimethylbut-2-ene.
B 2,2-dimethylbut-2-ene.
C 1,1,2-trimethylprop-1-ene.
D 1,1,2,2-tetramethylethene. (2)
CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 CH3CHCH2 + X
Which ONE of the following CORRECTLY gives the type of reaction that
takes place and the IUPAC name of product X?
2NaCℓ + 2H 2 O → Cℓ 2 + H 2 + 2NaOH
The flow of electrons through the external circuit of this cell is from …
1.8 A potential energy diagram can be used to show the activation energy (E A )
and the heat of reaction (ΔH) of a reaction.
E A (kJ·mol-1) ∆H (kJ·mol-1)
A 50 -100
B 50 +100
C 100 +50
D 100 -50 (2)
1.9 Initially, 2 mol CO(g) and 2 mol H 2 (g) are sealed in a container. The reaction
reaches equilibrium according to the following balanced equation:
A 1 mol.
B 2 mol.
1.10 The graph below represents the change in concentration of a reactant against
time for a chemical reaction.
Concentration
Time
In which ONE of the following graphs does the dotted line show the effect of a
catalyst on this reactant?
A B
Concentration
Concentration
Time Time
C D
Concentration
Concentration
H CH3 CH3
A CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CHO B H C C C CH2
H CH3
C C4H8O D C3H8O
H H H H
O
E H C C C C H
F CH3CH2CH2 C O CH2CH2CH3
H O H H
2.1 Write down the letter that represents EACH of the following:
They use equal volumes of each of the alcohols and heat them separately in a water
bath. The temperature at which each boils is measured. The results obtained are
shown in the table below.
3.2 What property of alcohols requires them to be heated in a water bath? (1)
3.3 The boiling points of the alcohols are compared with each other.
3.4 How will the boiling point of hexan-1-ol be affected if the volume of hexan-1-ol
used is doubled? Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. (1)
3.5 In another investigation the learners compare the boiling points of hexan-1-ol
and hexanal.
3.5.1 Write down the independent variable for this comparison. (1)
3.5.2 They find that the boiling point of hexan-1-ol is higher than that of
hexanal.
Br
CH3 C CH3
CH3
reaction 2
reaction 1
H H
C C
H H n
Polymer C
Write down:
4.2.2 The homologous series to which the 'small organic molecules' used
to produce polymer C belong (1)
4.2.3 The type of polymerisation which takes place to produce polymer C (1)
[14]
The reaction of copper(II) carbonate with excess dilute hydrochloric acid is used to
investigate the rate of reaction. The balanced equation for the reaction is:
Conical flask
Dilute
hydrochloric acid Copper(II) carbonate lumps
170,00 g Scale
5.1 State TWO ways in which the rate of the reaction above can be increased. (2)
During the investigation, samples of both PURE and IMPURE copper(II) carbonate of
EQUAL mass are used. The graphs below are obtained from the results.
170,00
169,90
169,85
169,80
169,75
169,70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Time (s)
5.2 Write down the reaction time for the reaction of the pure CuCO 3 with HCℓ. (1)
5.3 Assume that all the gas formed during the two reactions escape from
the flask and that the impurities do not react.
Calculate the:
5.3.1 Average rate of the reaction of the pure sample over the first 20 s (3)
5.4 Sketch a graph of the volume of gas produced versus time for the reaction of
the pure CuCO 3 . Indicate the reaction time on the x-axis. (2)
[15]
Hydrogen and iodine are sealed in a 2 dm3 container. The reaction is allowed to reach
equilibrium at 700 K according to the following balanced equation:
6.1 Give a reason why changes in pressure will have no effect on the equilibrium
position. (1)
6.2 At equilibrium, 0,028 mol H 2 (g) and 0,017 mol I 2 (g) are present in the
container.
Calculate the initial mass of I 2 (g), in grams, that was sealed in the container,
if K c for the reaction is 55,3 at 700 K. (9)
The reaction rate versus time graph below represents different changes made to the
equilibrium mixture.
Forward reaction
Reaction rate
Reverse reaction
0 2 4 6 8 10
Time (minutes)
6.3 What do the parallel lines in the first two minutes indicate? (1)
6.4 State TWO possible changes that could be made to the reaction conditions at
t = 2 minutes. (2)
6.5.2 How will this change influence the K c value? Choose from
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
6.6 What change was made to the equilibrium mixture at t = 8 minutes? (1)
[18]
The K a values for two weak acids, oxalic acid and carbonic acid, are as follows:
NAME FORMULA Ka
Oxalic acid (COOH) 2 5,6 x 10-2
Carbonic acid H 2 CO 3 4,3 x 10-7
7.2 Which acid, OXALIC ACID or CARBONIC ACID, is stronger? Give a reason
for the answer. (2)
7.3 Oxalic acid ionises in water according to the following balanced equation:
Write down the FORMULAE of the TWO bases in this equation. (2)
7.5 During a titration of the sodium hydroxide solution in QUESTION 7.4 with
dilute oxalic acid, the learners find that 25,1 cm3 of the NaOH(aq) neutralises
exactly 14,2 cm3 of the (COOH) 2 (aq).
INDICATOR pH RANGE
A 3,1–4,4
B 6,0–7,6
C 8,3–10,0
7.5.2 Which ONE of the indicators above is most suitable for this
titration? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
[17]
In the electrochemical cell shown below an aluminium electrode and another metal
electrode, Y, are used.
Q
Aℓ Electrode Y
Aℓ3+(aq) Y2+(aq)
It is found that the mass of the aluminium electrode increases whilst the cell is
functioning.
8.2 How will EACH of the following change while the cell is functioning?
Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
8.4 The initial emf of this cell measured under standard conditions is 0,7 V.
The simplified diagram below shows an electrolytic cell used in the industrial extraction
of aluminium (Aℓ) from aluminium oxide at temperatures as high as 1 000 °C.
Electrode X is a carbon rod.
Electrode X
Carbon-lined iron
Molten Aℓ2O3 dissolved
in cryolite
Molten Aℓ
9.1 Write down the name of the ore used as source of aluminium oxide. (1)
9.5 Write down a balanced equation that shows why the carbon rod, X, must be
replaced regularly. (3)
[8]
10.1 The reactions represented below take place during one of the industrial
processes used in the fertiliser industry.
Pt
I: 4NH 3 (g) + 5O 2 (g) ⇌ 4NO(g) + 6H 2 O(g) ∆H < 0
Write down:
10.1.5 TWO ways in which the yield of the NO(g) obtained in reaction I
can be increased without changing the amount of reactants and
products (2)
3 – 2 – 3 (25)
50 kg
Calculate the mass, in kg, of KCℓ needed to produce this fertiliser. (6)
[14]
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
2017
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal
places.
Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Write
down the question number (1.1–1.10), choose the answer and make a cross (X) over
the letter (A–D) of your choice in the ANSWER BOOK.
EXAMPLE:
1.11 A B C D
1.2 Which ONE of the following organic reactions will take place only when
exposed to light?
A CH 2 CH 2 + H 2 → CH 3 CH 3
B CH 3 CH 3 → CH 2 CH 2 + H 2
C CH 2 CH 2 + Cℓ 2 → CH 2 CℓCH 2 Cℓ
D CH 3 CH 3 + Cℓ 2 → CH 3 CH 2 Cℓ + HCℓ (2)
A bond energy.
B heat of reaction.
C activation energy.
1.4 Which ONE of the descriptions below is TRUE for a chemical reaction in
equilibrium?
A 200 cm3
B 400 cm3
C 500 cm3
A I only
B I and II only
1.7 Which ONE of the following pairs represents the conjugate acid and the
conjugate base of HPO 24− ?
CO2(g)
A I and II only
1.9 Which ONE of the half-cells below will result in the HIGHEST emf when it is
used as a cathode, together with a zinc half-cell as anode, in a standard
galvanic cell?
A Cu2+(aq) | Cu(s)
B Fe2+(aq) | Fe(s)
C Ag+(aq) | Ag(s)
1.10 Which of the following processes are ALL involved in the preparation of
ammonium sulphate?
B Fractional distillation
Ostwald process Contact process
of liquid air
C Fractional distillation
Haber process Contact process
of liquid air
D Fractional distillation
Haber process Ostwald process
of liquid air (2)
[20]
2.4.1 H
H C H
H
H C HH C H
H H H H
H C C C C C C H
H H H Br H
H C H
H (3)
2.4.2 H H H
H C C C C C H
H H
H C H
H (2)
[13]
The boiling points of some organic compounds are given in the table below.
Y represents an unknown boiling point.
BOILING POINT
COMPOUND
(°C)
A Methanol 64,7
B Ethanol 78,3
C Propan-1-ol 97,2
D Butan-1-ol 117,7
E Butan-2-ol 99,5
F 2-methylpropan-1-ol Y
G 2-methylpropan-2-ol 82,5
3.2.1 Give a reason for this increase in terms of the molecular structure. (1)
85 °C 108 °C 122 °C
3.3.1 From these boiling points, choose the boiling point represented by
Y in the table above. (1)
3.3.2 Fully explain how you arrived at the answer to QUESTION 3.3.1. (4)
3.4 Hydrogen bonding is responsible for the relatively high boiling points of
compounds A to G in comparison with hydrocarbons of similar molecular size.
Draw TWO structural formulae of compound A. Use a dotted line to show the
hydrogen bonding between the two structural formulae. (2)
The flow diagram below shows how an alkene can be used to prepare other organic
compounds. The letters A to G represent different organic reactions.
Compound Y
B HCℓ C G
H H
E
A An alcohol
Propane C C C H (major product)
H2O
H H H
D HBr
F
Compound X
(major product)
4.1.1 A (1)
4.1.2 B (1)
4.1.3 E (1)
The apparatus below is used to investigate one of the factors that affects the rate of
decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, H 2 O 2 . The balanced equation for the reaction is:
Conical flask
H2O2(aq)
CuO(s)
Experiment I Experiment II
5.2 How will you know when the reaction is completed? (1)
5.3 Write down the independent variable for this investigation. (1)
5.4 Use the collision theory to fully explain the difference in reaction rates of
experiment I and experiment II. (3)
5.5 The graphs below show changes in the potential energy during the
decomposition of hydrogen peroxide in experiment I and experiment II.
A
B
Potential energy (kJ)
H2O2
H2O+ O2
Course of reaction
The sketch graph below shows the relationship between the value of the
equilibrium constant (K c ) for this reaction and temperature.
Kc
Temperature
How will EACH of the following changes affect the amount of NO(g) at
equilibrium?
Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
6.1.4 More N 2 (g) is added. (1)
6.1.5 The pressure is increased by decreasing the volume. (1)
6.2 Initially 336 g titanium (Ti) and 426 g chlorine gas (Cℓ 2 ) are mixed in a sealed
2 dm3 container at a certain temperature. The reaction reaches equilibrium
according to the following balanced equation:
Ti(s) + 2Cℓ 2 (g) ⇌ TiCℓ 4 (s)
At equilibrium it is found that 288 g titanium is left in the container.
6.2.1 Calculate the equilibrium constant (K c ) for the reaction at this
temperature. (8)
6.2.2 More titanium is now added to the equilibrium mixture. How will this
change affect the yield of TiCℓ 4 (s)?
The electrochemical cell represented by the cell notation below is used to investigate
the relationship between the concentration of X2+(aq) and the emf of the cell. The
concentration of Zn2+(aq) and the temperature are kept at standard conditions.
1,11
1,09
emf (V)
1,08
1,07
8.1.2 Name of an instrument needed to measure the emf of the cell (1)
8.1.3 Name of the component of the cell that ensures electrical neutrality (1)
8.2 Write down the conclusion that can be drawn from the results. (2)
8.4 Write down the overall (net) cell reaction that takes place when this cell is in
operation. (3)
[15]
The simplified diagram below represents a cell used to electroplate an iron medal with
a thin layer of gold.
battery
Medal
AuCℓ3(aq)
9.3.4 Visible change that occurs on electrode P after the cell functions
for a while (1)
9.4 Besides improving appearance, state ONE other reason why the medal is
electroplated. (1)
9.5 State ONE of the two possible changes that should be made to the cell above
to electroplate the medal with silver instead of gold. (1)
[9]
10.1 The letters A to F in the table below represent some fertilisers and raw
materials used in the preparation of fertilisers.
A Sulphur B Air
10.1.3 LETTER representing the solid raw material used in the contact
process (1)
10.1.5 LETTER representing the raw material that supplies the primary
nutrient needed for development of flowers (1)
2 : 3 : 2 (22)
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2017
SCE
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
θ θ θ
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− +
NO 3 + 2H + e− ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e
+ −
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ −
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+ −
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+ −
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr + e− ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+ −
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76
2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83
2+ −
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+ −
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+
Sr + 2e− ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+ −
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+ −
K +e ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2017
SCE
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2017
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal
places.
Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose
the answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, for example 1.11 D.
A Heptanal
B Heptan-1-ol
C Heptan-2-ol
1.2 Which ONE of the following structures is the functional group of aldehydes?
A O B O
C O H C H
C O D O
C O C C C C
(2)
A 5CH 2 = CH 2 → (CH 2 CH 2 ) 5
B CH 3 (CH 2 ) 5 CH = CH 2 + H 2 → CH 3 (CH 2 ) 6 CH 3
C CH 3 (CH 2 ) 6 CH 3 → CH 3 (CH 2 ) 4 CH 3 + CH 2 = CH 2
1.4 The potential energy diagram for a chemical reaction is shown below.
Course of reaction
A I and II only
D The rate of the forward reaction is lower than the rate of the reverse
reaction. (2)
How will the number (in moles) of O 2 (g) and the value of K c be affected at
equilibrium?
NUMBER OF MOLES OF O 2 Kc
A Increases Increases
B Increases Remains the same
C Remains the same Remains the same
D Remains the same Increases
(2)
1.7 Which ONE of the following solutions, each of concentration 0,1 mol∙dm-3, has
the highest pH?
A HNO 3 (aq)
B NH 4 Cℓ(aq)
C Na 2 CO 3 (aq)
D CH 3 COOH(aq) (2)
A Ni is oxidised.
B Pb(s) is reduced.
1.9 Which ONE of the following combinations CORRECTLY shows the products
formed during the electrolysis of a CONCENTRATED sodium chloride
solution?
CATHODE ANODE
A Hydrogen Sodium
B Hydrogen Chlorine
C Chlorine Sodium
D Chlorine Hydrogen
(2)
1.10 Which ONE of the following is NOT part of the eutrophication process?
A Algal bloom
H H O H H H
H C C O C C C C H
H H H H H
2.1.3 IUPAC name of the organic acid used in its preparation (1)
H H
H C C H
H H H H H
H C C C C C C C H
H H H
H C H H C H
H H
The vapour pressure versus temperature graph below was obtained for four straight
chain (unbranched) alkanes (P, Q, R and S).
FROM P TO S, EACH COMPOUND DIFFERS FROM THE PREVIOUS COMPOUND
BY A –CH 2 GROUP.
The vapour pressures are measured in mmHg. Atmospheric pressure is 760 mmHg.
Graph of vapour pressure versus temperature
900
760
750
P
Vapour pressure (mmHg)
600
Q
450
R
300
P S
R S
Q
150
0 20 40 60 80 100
Temperature (°C)
The flow diagram below shows how an alcohol (compound P) can be used to prepare
other organic compounds. The letters A to E represent different organic reactions. X, Y
and Z are organic compounds.
H H H H
Alkene
H C C C C H B Compound Y
(Major product)
H H O H A
H
Compound P E H2, Pt
D
C HBr
Compound X Compound Z
(Organic product)
4.3.2 State the TWO reaction conditions for this reaction. (2)
4.4 Write down the FORMULA of an inorganic reactant needed for reaction D. (1)
A group of learners uses the reaction between powdered zinc and EXCESS dilute
hydrochloric acid to investigate one of the factors that affects the rate of a chemical
reaction. The balanced equation for the reaction is:
They conduct two experiments. The reaction conditions used are summarised in the
table below.
The results obtained are shown in the graph (not drawn to scale) below.
P
Q
0 30 45 70
Time (s)
5.1 Define reaction rate. (2)
5.5 In a third experiment (experiment III), 200 cm3 of a 0,25 mol∙dm-3 dilute
hydrochloric acid solution at 35 °C reacts with the same amount of zinc
powder as in experiment I and experiment II.
5.5.1 How will the heat of reaction of experiment II compare with that of
experiment III? Choose from MORE THAN, LESS THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)
5.6 The rate of the reaction in experiment III is higher than that of experiment I.
Carbonyl bromide, COBr 2 , decomposes into carbon monoxide and bromine according
to the following balanced equation:
Initially COBr 2 (g) is sealed in a 2 dm3 container and heated to 73 °C. The reaction is
allowed to reach equilibrium at this temperature. The equilibrium constant for the
reaction at this temperature is 0,19.
6.3 Which ONE of the following CORRECTLY describes the K c value when
equilibrium is reached at a lower temperature?
6.4 The pressure of the system is now decreased by increasing the volume of the
container at 73 °C and the system is allowed to reach equilibrium.
How will the number of moles of COBr 2 (g) be affected? Choose from
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. Explain the answer. (3)
[17]
7.1 Ammonia ionises in water to form a basic solution according to the following
balanced equation:
7.2 A learner adds distilled water to a soil sample and then filters the mixture.
The pH of the filtered liquid is then measured.
12
8
pH
0 2 4 6 8 10
3
Volume of NH3(aq) added (cm )
7.2.1 Is the soil sample ACIDIC or BASIC? Refer to the graph above and
give a reason for the answer. (2)
5 cm3 50 cm3
8.1 Learners set up a galvanic cell and measure its emf under standard
conditions.
Aℓ Ag
AgNO3(aq)
8.1.3 Write down the overall (net) cell reaction that takes place in this cell
when it is working. (3)
HALF-CELL
P Q R
Zn | Zn2+(aq) Cℓ 2 | Cℓ ─(aq) Cu | Cu2+(aq)
8.2.1 Write down the NAME of a suitable electrode for half-cell Q. (1)
8.2.2 State the standard conditions under which the half-cells should
operate to ensure a fair comparison. (2)
8.2.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the strongest reducing agent
in the half-cells above. (1)
The simplified diagram below represents an electrochemical cell used in the refining of
copper. One of the electrodes consists of impure copper.
Power source
P Q
Concentrated
CuCℓ2(aq)
9.1 What type of power source, AC or DC, is used to drive the reaction in
this cell? (1)
9.2 When an electric current passes through the CuCℓ 2 (aq), the mass of
electrode P increases.
9.3 The impure copper contains zinc impurities which are oxidised to zinc ions.
Refer to the relative strengths of oxidising agents to explain why zinc ions will
not influence the quality of the pure copper produced in this cell. (3)
9.4.2 How will the concentration of the electrolyte change as the reaction
proceeds? Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. (1)
[9]
10.1 The equations below represent two industrial processes involved in the
preparation of ammonium nitrate.
Process X Process Y
Ammonium nitrate
10.1.7 Balanced equation for the preparation of ammonium nitrate from the
products obtained in process X and process Y (3)
Calculate the:
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2017
NSC
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2017
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2016
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
This question paper consists of 15 pages, 4 data sheets and 1 graph sheet.
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
in the ANSWER BOOK and on the GRAPH SHEET.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Choose the answer and write only the letter
(A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example
1.11 E.
A CH 3 COCH 3
B CH 3 CH 2 CHO
C CH 3 CH 2 COOH
D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH (2)
Which ONE of the following factors will increase the initial rate of
decomposition of calcium carbonate?
A Pressure
B Temperature
C Concentration
Zn│Zn2+║Cu2+│Cu
1.4 Which ONE of the following compounds will react with sodium hydroxide
(NaOH) in a neutralisation reaction?
A CH 3 CHO
B CH 3 COOH
C CH 3 COCH 3
D CH 3 CH 2 OH (2)
Y + H 2 O ⇌ H 3 O+ + H2PO −4
A PO 34−
B H2PO −4
C HPO 24−
D H 3 PO 4 (2)
1.6 A gardener needs a fertiliser with the highest percentage of the relevant
nutrient to obtain a green lawn.
Which ONE of the following NPK fertilisers will give the best results?
A 8:1:5
B 7:1:1
C 3:2:3
D 3:1:5 (2)
1.7 The activation energy for a certain reaction is 50 kJ∙mol-1. Energy is absorbed
when this reaction takes place.
1.8 Which ONE of the following pairs of compounds are FUNCTIONAL isomers?
In which reaction(s) will the equilibrium position shift when the volume of the
reaction vessel is decreased at constant temperature?
A (i) only
1.10 In each of the electrolytic cells below, copper(II) sulphate is used as the
electrolyte. The electrodes are either carbon (C) or copper (Cu).
(i) (ii) (iii)
Cu Cu C Cu Cu C
In which cell(s) will the concentration of the electrolyte remain constant during
electrolysis?
A (i) only
H C C C H
H H
H H H H H
H C C C C C C H
H H H Cℓ H H
B H H H H C H H
H C C C C O H H C C C H
H H H H H O H
3.2 What is the relationship between strength of intermolecular forces and boiling
point? (1)
3.3 Refer to the TYPE and the STRENGTH of intermolecular forces to explain the
difference in boiling points between:
The flow diagram below shows different organic reactions using CH 2 = CH 2 as the
starting reactant. X, Y and Z represent different organic compounds.
Reaction 4 Reaction 1
C2H6 CH2 = CH2 Y
Reaction 2 + HCℓ
Reaction 3
X Z
4.4.3 Using molecular formulae, write down a balanced equation for the
complete combustion of C 2 H 6 . (3)
[14]
NOTE: The graph for QUESTION 5.3.2 must be drawn on the GRAPH SHEET
attached at the end of the QUESTION PAPER.
Methanol and hydrochloric acid react according to the following balanced equation:
5.1 State TWO factors that can INCREASE the rate of this reaction. (2)
5.3 The rate of the reaction between methanol and hydrochloric acid is
investigated. The concentration of HCℓ(aq) was measured at different time
intervals. The following results were obtained:
5.3.2 Use the data in the table to draw a graph of concentration versus
time on the attached GRAPH SHEET.
NOTE: The graph is not a straight line.
(ATTACH THIS GRAPH SHEET TO YOUR ANSWER BOOK.) (3)
5.3.4 Use the collision theory to explain why the reaction rate decreases
with time. Assume that the temperature remains constant. (3)
5.3.5 Calculate the mass of CH 3 Cℓ(aq) in the flask at the 215th minute.
The volume of the reagents remains 60 cm3 during the reaction. (5)
[19]
Initially, 2,2 g of pure CO 2 (g) is sealed in an empty 5 dm3 container at 900 °C.
CaCO 3 (s) is now added to the 2,2 g CO 2 (g) in the container and after a while
equilibrium is established at 900 °C according to the following balanced equation:
6.3 Give a reason why this reaction will only reach equilibrium in a SEALED
container. (1)
6.4 Calculate the minimum mass of CaCO 3 (s) that must be added to the
container to achieve equilibrium. (7)
6.5 How will EACH of the following changes affect the amount of CO 2 (g)?
Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
6.6 It is found that the equilibrium constant (K c ) for this reaction is 2,6 x 10-6 at
727 °C. Is the reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? Fully explain how
you arrived at the answer. (4)
[19]
7.2.1 Write down the FORMULA of the conjugate base of H 2 CO 3 (aq). (1)
7.2.2 Write down a balanced equation for the first step in the ionisation of
carbonic acid. (3)
8.1 At which half-cell, A or B, are electrons released into the external circuit? (1)
8.3 Calculate the initial cell potential of this cell when it is in operation. (4)
8.4 Write down an observation that will be made in half-cell B as the cell
operates. Give a reason for the answer. (2)
[10]
B A
Copper(II) chloride
solution
9.1 Write down the type of electrochemical cell illustrated above. (1)
The graphs below show the change in mass of the electrodes whilst the cell is in
operation.
P
Mass (g)
Time (min.)
9.4 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at electrode A. (2)
10.1 Write down the name of the industrial preparation of nitric acid. (1)
10.2 The catalytic oxidation of ammonia is one of the steps in the process named
in QUESTION 10.1.
Write down the NAMES or FORMULAE of the TWO products formed in this
step. (2)
10.3 Write down a balanced equation for the preparation of ammonium nitrate. (3)
10.4 Calculate the mass, in kilogram, of ammonium nitrate that can be made from
6,8 x 104 kg of ammonia and excess nitric acid.
(One mole of ammonia produces one mole of ammonium nitrate.) (3)
10.5 Ammonium nitrate is often mixed with potassium chloride and ammonium
phosphate. Give a reason why it is mixed with these compounds. (1)
[10]
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1
H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
1,9
Cu
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Approximate relative atomic mass
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
KOOSEGU2021
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
CENTRE NUMBER:
EXAMINATION NUMBER:
QUESTION 5.3.2
1,5
Concentration (mol∙dm-3)
1,0
0,5
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Time (minutes)
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
SENIOR CERTIFICATE EXAMINATIONS
2016
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
A alkane.
B alkene.
C alkyne.
D alcohol. (2)
A H+
B H2O
C OH−
D NaCℓ (2)
1.3 Which ONE of the following pairs of products is formed during the catalytic
oxidation of ammonia?
A NO 2 and H 2 O
B NO and H 2 O
C NO and NO 2
1.4 Consider the following potential energy diagram for a chemical reaction:
120
60
40
20
0
Course of reaction
Which ONE of the following shows the values of the total energy change and
the activation energy for this reaction?
O O
CH3
H H H O H
C H C C C C O H D H C C CH2 CH3
H H H H O
(2)
1.6 In the flow diagram below P and Q represent two organic compounds.
HBr NaOH(aq)
CH2 CH2 P heat Q (major product)
Compound Q is:
A CH 2 CH 2
B CH 3 CH 3
C CH 3 CH 2 Br
D CH 3 CH 2 OH (2)
1.7 Chromate ions and dichromate ions are in equilibrium with each other in an
aqueous solution according to the following balanced equation:
Which ONE of the following reagents should be added to change the colour of
the solution to yellow?
A HNO 3
B HCℓ
C NaOH
D CH 3 COOH (2)
1.9 In the electrochemical cell below the letters X and Y represent two metal
electrodes.
Electrode X Electrode Y
Which ONE of the following is the CORRECT cell notation for this cell?
1.10 Graph Q (the solid line) below was obtained for the reaction of 100 cm3 of a
0,1 mol∙dm-3 HCℓ solution with excess magnesium powder.
Which graph (A, B, C or D) most probably represents the reaction of 100 cm3
of a 0,1 mol∙dm-3 CH 3 COOH solution with excess magnesium powder?
A
produced (cm3)
Volume H2 gas
B
Q
C D
Time (s)
(2)
[20]
H H
CH3 H
A C C B H C C C C H
CH3 CH3
H CH3
C CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH D 2,2-dimethylpropane
H O H H
E H C O C C C H F CH 3 CHC(CH 3 ) 2
H H H
The relationship between boiling point and the number of carbon atoms in straight
chain molecules of alkanes, carboxylic acids and alcohols is investigated. Curves P, Q
and R are obtained.
500 Curve R
Curve Q
400
Boiling point (K)
Curve P
300
200
100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Number of C atoms
3.1 Define the term boiling point. (2)
3.2 For curve P, write down a conclusion that can be drawn from the above
results. (2)
3.3 Identify the curve (P, Q or R) that represents each of the following:
The flow diagram below shows how prop-1-ene can be used to prepare other organic
compounds.
propane
D C alcohol
compound X prop-1-ene
(major product) (major product)
HBr B
4.1.1 A (1)
4.1.2 D (1)
4.1.3 F (1)
4.3 Use structural formulae to write down a balanced equation for reaction B. (5)
4.4 Both reactions D and E take place in the presence of a strong base.
State TWO conditions that will favour reaction D over reaction E. (2)
[15]
The reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and sodium thiosulphate (Na 2 S 2 O 3 ) is
used to investigate one of the factors that influences reaction rate. The balanced
equation for the reaction is:
The hydrochloric acid solution is added to the sodium thiosulphate solution in a flask.
The flask is placed over a cross drawn on a sheet of white paper, as shown in the
diagram below. The time that it takes for the cross to become invisible is measured to
determine the reaction rate.
flask
Na2S2O3(aq) + HCℓ(aq)
white paper
Volume of
Volume of Volume of
Experiment Na 2 S 2 O 3 (aq) Time (s)
H 2 O(ℓ) (cm3) HCℓ(aq) (cm3)
(cm3)
A 25 0 5 50,0
B 20 5 5 62,5
C 15 10 5 83,3
D 10 15 5 125,0
5.1 State TWO factors that can influence the rate of the reaction above. (2)
5.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the product that causes the cross to
become invisible. (1)
5.3 Give a reason why water is added to the reaction mixture in experiments B
to D. (1)
5.5 In which experiment (A, B, C or D) is the reaction rate the highest? (1)
5.6 Use the collision theory to explain the difference in reaction rate between
experiments B and D. (3)
Carbon dioxide reacts with carbon in a closed system to produce carbon monoxide,
CO(g), according to the following balanced equation:
6.1 What does the double arrow indicate in the equation above? (1)
6.3 How will the equilibrium concentration of the product compare to that of the
reactants? Choose from LARGER THAN, SMALLER THAN or EQUAL TO.
6.4 Calculate the initial amount (in moles) of CO 2 (g) present. (9)
6.5 State how EACH of the following will affect the yield of CO(g) at equilibrium.
Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
7.1 Hydrogen carbonate ions react with water according to the following balanced
equation:
7.1.2 Write down the FORMULAE of the two acids in the equation
above. (2)
7.1.3 Write down the formula of a substance in the reaction above that
can act as an ampholyte. (1)
7.2 During an experiment 0,50 dm3 of a 0,10 mol∙dm-3 HCℓ solution is added to
0,80 dm3 of a NaHCO 3 solution of concentration 0,25 mol∙dm-3. The balanced
equation for the reaction is:
Calculate the:
Magnesium (Mg) reacts with a dilute hydrochloric acid solution, HCℓ(aq), according to
the following balanced equation:
8.1 Give a reason why the reaction above is a redox reaction. (1)
8.2 Write down the FORMULA of the oxidising agent in the reaction above. (1)
It is found that silver does not react with the hydrochloric acid solution.
8.3 Refer to the relative strengths of reducing agents to explain this observation. (3)
hydrogen gas Q
Mg
platinum
1 mol·dm-3 H+(aq) Mg2+ (aq)
half-cell A half-cell B
8.7 How will the addition of concentrated acid to half-cell A influence the answer
to QUESTION 8.6? Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. (1)
[18]
The diagram below shows an electrochemical cell used to purify copper. A solution that
conducts electricity is used in the cell.
A B
9.1.1 ONE word for the underlined phrase above the diagram (1)
9.4 How will the mass of electrode A change as the reaction proceeds? Choose
from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
A chemical company produces ammonium sulphate, (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , starting from the raw
materials P, Q and R, as shown in the flow diagram below.
P Q R
SO2(g)
nitrogen hydrogen
SO3(g)
reaction 1
process 1
oleum
compound X compound Y
(NH4)2SO4
10.1.1 P (1)
10.1.2 Q (1)
10.1.3 R (1)
10.3 The company compares the nitrogen content of ammonium sulphate with that
of ammonium nitrate, NH 4 NO 3 .
10.3.2 Write down the name of the process that should be included in the
flow diagram above if the company wants to prepare ammonium
nitrate instead of ammonium sulphate. (1)
[14]
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2016
SCE
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
θ θ θ
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− +
NO 3 + 2H + e− ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e
+ −
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ −
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+ −
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+ −
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr + e− ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+ −
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76
2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83
2+ −
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+ −
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+
Sr + 2e− ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+ −
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+ −
K +e ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2016
SCE
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2016
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Write
down the question number (1.1–1.10), choose the answer and make a cross (X) over
the letter (A–D) of your choice in the ANSWER BOOK.
EXAMPLE:
1.11 A B C D
A lose protons.
B gain protons.
C lose electrons.
Which ONE of the following statements about the effect of the catalyst is
FALSE?
1.3 What product will be formed when an alkene reacts with water vapour (H 2 O)
in the presence of an acid catalyst?
A Ester
B Alkane
C Alcohol
D Aldehyde (2)
A CH 2 = CH 2 + HBr → CH 3 CH 2 Br
B CH 2 = CH 2 + H 2 O → CH 3 CH 2 OH
C CH 3 CH 2 OH → CH 2 = CH 2 + H 2 O
D CH 3 CH 2 OH + HBr → CH 3 CH 2 Br + H 2 O (2)
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2016
NSC
I II
H H O H O H
H C C C H H C C C H
H H H H
I II
A Ketones Alcohols
B Aldehydes Ketones
C Aldehydes Alcohols
D Ketones Aldehydes (2)
1.6 Consider the balanced equations for three reactions represented below:
A I only
B II only
C III only
1.7 Which ONE of the following pairs is NOT a conjugate acid-base pair?
B NH+4 and NH 3
1.8 The reaction between hydrogen gas and iodine gas reaches equilibrium in a
closed container according to the following balanced equation:
Which ONE of the graphs below shows the relationship between the amount
of HI(g) at equilibrium and the pressure in the container at constant
temperature?
A B
Amount of HI (mol)
Amount of HI (mol)
Pressure (kPa) Pressure (kPa)
C D
Amount of HI (mol)
Amount of HI (mol)
1.9 Which ONE of the equations below represents the half-reaction occurring at
the CATHODE of an electrochemical cell that is used to electroplate an
object?
A Ag → Ag+ + e-
B Cr3+ + 3e- → Cr
C Cr3+ + e- → Cr2+
1.10 Equal amounts of magnesium (Mg) powder react respectively with equal
volumes and equal concentrations of HCℓ(aq) and H 2 SO 4 (aq), as shown
below.
I: The initial rate of the reaction in test tube X equals the initial rate of the
reaction in test tube Y.
II: After completion of the reactions, the mass of magnesium that remains
in test tube X will be greater than that in test tube Y.
III: The amount of hydrogen gas formed in X is equal to the amount of
hydrogen gas formed in Y.
A I only
B II only
C III only
H H
H C C C H
A B Ethyl ethanoate
H
H C H
C 2,3-dibromo-3-methylpentane D Polyethene
H O H H H H O H
E H C C O C H F H C C C C O
H H H H H H
The boiling points of three isomers are given in the table below.
BOILING POINT
ISOMERS
(°C)
A 2,2-dimethylpropane 9
B 2-methylbutane 28
C pentane 36
3.3 Explain the trend in the boiling points from compound A to compound C. (3)
3.4 Which ONE of the three compounds (A, B or C) has the highest vapour
pressure? Refer to the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)
3.5 Use MOLECULAR FORMULAE and write down a balanced equation for the
complete combustion of compound B. (3)
[11]
C 10 H 22 → X + C 4 H 10
4.1.1 ONE condition required for THERMAL cracking to take place (1)
4.2 A mixture of the two gases, compound X and butane, is bubbled through
bromine water, Br 2 (aq), in a conical flask, as illustrated below. THE
REACTION IS CARRIED OUT IN A DARKENED ROOM.
Syringe
X and C4H10
Br2(aq)
The colour of the bromine water changes from reddish brown to colourless
when the mixture of the two gases is bubbled through it.
4.3 Study the flow diagram below, which represents various organic reactions,
and answer the questions that follow.
OH
I
CH3CH2CHCH3
Butane chlorination
Compound P III
C4H10
II Compound Q
concentrated (major product)
NaOH
5.1 The activation energy (E A ) for this reaction is 75 kJ and the heat of reaction
(ΔH) is –196 kJ.
5.1.2 Redraw the set of axes below in your ANSWER BOOK and then
complete the potential energy diagram for this reaction.
• Activated complex
• Products
H2O2
0
Course of reaction
(3)
When powdered manganese dioxide is added to the reaction mixture, the rate
of the reaction increases.
5.1.3 On the graph drawn for QUESTION 5.1.2, use broken lines to
show the path of the reaction when the manganese dioxide is
added. (2)
5.2 Graphs A and B below were obtained for the volume of oxygen produced
over time under different conditions.
60 ● ● ● ●
●
Graph A
● ●
50
Volume of oxygen gas (dm3)
● Graph B
40
●
30 ●
20
●
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Time (s)
5.2.1 Calculate the average rate of the reaction (in dm3∙s-1) between
t = 10 s and t = 40 s for graph A. (3)
5.2.3 How does the mass of hydrogen peroxide used to obtain graph B
compare to that used to obtain graph A? Choose from GREATER
THAN, SMALLER THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)
5.3 Three energy distribution curves for the oxygen gas produced under different
conditions are shown in the graph below.
The curve with the solid line represents 1 mol of oxygen gas at 90 °C.
Number of molecules P
Kinetic energy
Hydrogen gas, H 2 (g), reacts with sulphur powder, S(s), according to the following
balanced equation:
H 2 (g) + S(s) ⇌ H 2 S(g) ∆H < 0
6.2 How will EACH of the following changes affect the number of moles of H 2 S(g)
at equilibrium?
6.3 The sketch graph below was obtained for the equilibrium mixture.
t1 Time (s)
Redraw the graph above in your ANSWER BOOK. On the same set of axes,
complete the graph showing the effect of the catalyst on the reaction rates. (2)
Initially 0,16 mol H 2 (g) and excess S(s) are sealed in a 2 dm3 container and the system
is allowed to reach equilibrium at 90 °C.
An exact amount of Pb(NO 3 ) 2 solution is now added to the container so that ALL the
H 2 S(g) present in the container at EQUILIBRIUM is converted to PbS(s) according to
the following balanced equation:
6.4 Calculate the equilibrium constant K c for the reaction H 2 (g) + S(s) ⇌ H 2 S(g)
at 90 °C. (9)
[18]
7.1 A learner dissolves ammonium chloride (NH 4 Cℓ) crystals in water and
measures the pH of the solution.
Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) pellets are added to the 500 cm3 H 2 SO 4 solution.
After completion of the reaction, the pH of the solution was found to be 1,3.
Assume complete ionisation of H 2 SO 4 .
8.1 A nickel (Ni) rod is placed in a beaker containing a silver nitrate solution,
AgNO 3 (aq) and a reaction takes place.
8.1.3 Balanced equation for the net (overall) redox reaction that takes
place (3)
8.2 A galvanic cell is now set up using a nickel half-cell and a silver half-cell.
Ag Ni
Ag+(aq) Ni2+(aq)
8.2.2 Write down the cell notation for the galvanic cell above. (3)
8.2.3 Calculate the initial reading on the voltmeter if the cell functions
under standard conditions. (4)
In the electrochemical cell below, carbon electrodes are used during the electrolysis of
a concentrated sodium chloride solution.
Gas X Gas Y
Electrode P Electrode Q
Concentrated NaCℓ(aq)
The balanced equation for the net (overall) cell reaction is:
9.2 Is electrode P the ANODE or the CATHODE? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
9.4 Is the solution in the cell ACIDIC or ALKALINE (BASIC) after completion of
the reaction? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
[9]
10.1 The flow diagram below shows the processes involved in the industrial
preparation of fertiliser Q.
Process Y
N2(g) + H2(g) Gas P SO2(g) + O2(g)
V2O5
H2SO4(ℓ)
Process X Compound B
H2O(ℓ)
Compound A Compound C
Fertiliser Q
10.2 The diagram below shows a bag of NPK fertiliser of which the NPK ratio is
unknown. It is found that the mass of nitrogen in the bag is 4,11 kg and the
mass of phosphorus is 0,51 kg.
x – y – z (36)
20 kg
20 kg
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2016
NSC
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2016
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2015
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example 1.11. D.
A Pentanal
B Pentan-2-ol
C Pentan-2-one
CH 3 CHCH 2 + H 2 → CH 3 CH 2 CH 3
A hydration.
B dehydration.
C substitution.
D hydrogenation. (2)
1.3 Which ONE of the following is a CORRECT description for a 0,1 mol∙dm-3
hydrochloric acid solution?
Which ONE of the following CORRECTLY represents the order in which these
stages occur?
The activation energy for the forward reaction is 180 kJ and that for the
reverse reaction is 200 kJ.
A + 20 kJ.
B - 20 kJ.
C + 380 kJ.
H H H O H
H C C C O C C H
H H H H
Which ONE of the following pairs of reactants can be used to prepare this
compound in the laboratory?
Which ONE of the following will change the colour of the solution from purple
to yellow?
A Add NaOH(aq)
B Add HCℓ(aq)
C Add water
1.8 Which ONE of the following metals will NOT react spontaneously with
sulphuric acid?
A Zn
B Mg
C Cu
D Fe (2)
1.9 A learner wants to electroplate a copper ring with nickel. He uses the
experimental set-up shown in the simplified diagram below.
Power
source
Nickel rod
Ring
Electrolyte
1.10 Consider the equilibrium constants for the same reaction at two different
temperatures below.
298 K: K c = 0,03
318 K: K c = 0,005
H H
H C H
A H C C C H B 2-methylbutanoic acid
H H
H H O H H H CH3 H CH2CH3
C H C C C C C H D H C C C C H
H H
E But-2-ene F C C
H H n
2.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of each product formed during the
complete combustion of compound D. (2)
2.5.2 Name of the type of reaction that takes place in the test tube
containing compound D (1)
2.5.3 Structural formula of the organic product formed in the test tube
containing compound E (2)
[18]
A CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
B CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
C CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
3.1 Which ONE of the compounds (A, B or C) has the highest boiling point? (1)
3.3 Write down the name of the type of Van der Waals force that occurs between
the molecules of compound B. (1)
The learners now compare the boiling points of compounds D and E, shown in the
table below.
D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH
E CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 COOH
3.5 How does the boiling point of compound D compare to that of compound E?
Write down HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or EQUAL TO. Fully explain the
answer. (4)
[9]
In the flow diagram below, but-1-ene is used as starting material in the preparation of
compound A.
reaction 1
CH3 ― CH2 ― CH = CH2
H2O; H2SO4
reaction 2 HCℓ Compound A
reaction 3
Compound B
A group of learners uses the reaction of EXCESS hydrochloric acid (HCℓ) with zinc
(Zn) to investigate factors which influence reaction rate. The balanced equation for the
reaction is:
They use the same volume of hydrochloric acid and 1,2 g of zinc in each of five
experiments. The reaction conditions and temperature readings before and after
completion of the reaction in each experiment are summarised in the table below.
REACTION CONDITIONS
Temperature (°C) State of division Time
Experiment Concentration of
Before After of the 1,2 g of (s)
HCℓ (mol·dm-3)
Zn
1 0,5 20 34 granules 50
2 0,5 20 35 powder 10
3 0,8 20 36 powder 6
4 0,5 35 50 granules 8
5 0,5 20 34 granules 11
5.2 Give a reason for the difference in reaction rate observed for Experiments 1
and 2. (1)
5.4 How does the rate of the reaction in Experiment 5 compare to that in
Experiment 1? Write down FASTER THAN, SLOWER THAN or EQUAL TO.
Write down the factor responsible for the difference in the rate of reaction and
fully explain, by referring to the collision theory, how this factor affects
reaction rate. (5)
5.5 Calculate the rate at which the hydrochloric acid reacts in Experiment 4 in
mol·s-1. (6)
[15]
The graph below shows how reaction rate changes with time for this reversible
reaction.
Reaction rate
0 5 12 15 17 20
Time (minutes)
6.1 Write down the meaning of the term reversible reaction. (1)
6.2 How does the concentration of the reactant change between the 12th and the
15th minute? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or NO CHANGE. (1)
6.3 The rates of both the forward and the reverse reactions suddenly change at
t = 15 minutes.
6.3.1 Give a reason for the sudden change in reaction rate. (1)
6.3.2 Fully explain how you arrived at the answer to QUESTION 6.3.1. (3)
6.4 At equilibrium it is found that 0,04 mol HI(g) is present in the container.
Calculate the concentration of H 2 (g) at equilibrium. (6)
6.5 Calculate the equilibrium constant for the reverse reaction. (1)
6.6 The temperature is now increased to 800 K. How will the value of the
equilibrium constant (K c ) for the forward reaction change? Write down only
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
[14]
7.1.2 Give a reason why sulphuric acid is referred to as a diprotic acid. (1)
7.2 The hydrogen carbonate ion can act as both an acid and a base. It reacts with
water according to the following balanced equation:
7.2.1 Write down ONE word for the underlined phrase. (1)
7.2.2 HCO3− (aq) acts as base in the above reaction. Write down the
formula of the conjugate acid of HCO3− (aq). (1)
The fizzing, due to the formation of carbon dioxide, stops after the learner has
added 27 g sodium hydrogen carbonate to the spilled acid.
7.3.1 Calculate the volume of sulphuric acid that spilled. Assume that all
the sodium hydrogen carbonate reacts with all the acid. (6)
The learner now dilutes some of the 6 mol∙dm-3 sulphuric acid solution in the
flask to 0,1 mol∙dm-3.
During a titration 25 cm3 of the 0,1 mol∙dm-3 sulphuric acid solution is added to
an Erlenmeyer flask and titrated with a 0,1 mol∙dm-3 sodium hydroxide
solution.
7.3.4 Calculate the pH of the solution in the flask after the addition of
30 cm3 of sodium hydroxide. The endpoint of the titration is not yet
reached at this point. (8)
[22]
A learner conducts two experiments to investigate the reaction between copper (Cu)
and a silver nitrate solution, AgNO 3 (aq).
EXPERIMENT 1
The learner adds a small amount of copper (Cu) powder to a test tube containing silver
nitrate solution, AgNO 3 (aq). The solution changes from colourless to blue after a while.
8.2 Explain why the solution turns blue by referring to the relative strength of
oxidising agents. (4)
EXPERIMENT 2
The learner now sets up a galvanic cell as shown below. The cell functions under
standard conditions.
V
A B
Cu(s) Ag(s)
Cu2+(aq) Ag+(aq)
8.3 Write down the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (1)
8.4 In which direction (A or B) will ANIONS move in the salt bridge? (1)
8.5 Calculate the emf of the above cell under standard conditions. (4)
8.6 Write down the balanced equation for the net cell reaction that takes place in
this cell. (3)
8.7 How will the addition of 100 cm3 of a 1 mol ⋅ dm-3 silver nitrate solution to the
silver half-cell influence the initial emf of this cell? Write down only
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
[16]
Power
source
Electrode Y Electrode X
NaCℓ(aq) and
universal indicator
Initially the solution has a green colour. Universal indicator becomes red in acidic
solutions and purple in alkaline solutions.
When the power source is switched on, the colour of the electrolyte around electrode Y
changes from green to purple.
9.3 Refer to the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials to explain why hydrogen
gas, and not sodium, is formed at the cathode of this cell. (2)
[7]
SO2(g)
A B C D
SO3(g) H2S2O7(ℓ) H2SO4(ℓ) Fertiliser X
O2(g)
10.1 Write down the name of the industrial preparation of sulphuric acid. (1)
Write down:
Fertiliser P: 5 : 2 : 3 (25)
Fertiliser Q: 1 : 3 : 4 (20)
10.4.1 What do the numbers (25) and (20) on the labels represent? (1)
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
PHYSICAL SCIENCES P2
CHEMISTRY
2015
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
in the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Choose the answer and write only the letter
(A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example
1.11 E.
1.2 Which ONE of the following compounds is produced in the Ostwald process?
A N 2 (g)
B NH 3 (g)
C HNO 3 (ℓ)
D NH 4 NO 3 (s) (2)
A hydration.
B cracking.
C hydrogenation.
D hydrohalogenation. (2)
1.4 Which ONE of the following compounds has the highest boiling point?
A CH 3 CH 3
B CH 3 CH 2 CH 3
C CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (2)
1.6 Which ONE of the following compounds belongs to the same homologous
series as but-2-yne?
A CH 3 CCH
B CH 2 CHCH 2
C CH 3 CHCHCH 3
D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (2)
1.7 The equilibrium constant, K c , for the reaction A(g) ⇌ B(g) is 1 x 10-4.
C mostly A(g).
1.8 The simplified diagram below shows a cell that can be used to purify copper.
Electrode X Electrode Y
Copper(II) solution
The purification failed. Which ONE of the following is the most likely reason
for the failure?
A A DC source is used.
Which ONE of the following statements is TRUE while the cell is functioning?
A Cu(s) is oxidised.
B Cℓ-(aq) is reduced.
1.10 Which ONE of the following weak acids, each of concentration 0,1 mol∙dm-3,
has the lowest H 3 O+(aq) concentration?
ACID K a VALUE
A H 2 SO 3 (aq) 1,2 x 10-2
H C H
H H O H H H H H H
A H C C C O H B H C C C C C C C H
H H H H Cℓ H H H
H C H
C
C4H8 D CH 3 CH 2 COCH 3
H H H H H H
E CH 3 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH F H C C C C C C H
H H H H H H
Use the information in the table (where applicable) to answer the questions that follow.
2.3.2 Write down the IUPAC name of each of the TWO positional
isomers of compound C. (4)
H H H H H H
H H
H C C C C C C H P + C C
H H
H H H H H H
Compound F Compound Q
Concentrated H2SO4
Reaction 2: X + Y C3H6O2 + H2O
The table below shows five organic compounds represented by the letters A to E.
A CH 4
B CH 3 CH 3
C CH 3 CH 2 CH 3
D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
E CH 3 CH 2 OH
Consider the boiling points of compounds A to E given in random order below and use
them, where applicable, to answer the questions that follow.
0 °C - 162 °C - 42 °C - 89 °C 78 °C
4.5 How will the vapour pressure of 2-methylpropane compare to the vapour
pressure of compound D? Write down only HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)
[12]
A group of learners uses the reaction of clean magnesium ribbon with dilute
hydrochloric acid to investigate factors that influence reaction rate. The balanced
equation for the reaction is:
S
Volume (cm3)
0 t1 t2 t3 Time (s)
(a) t 1 and t 2
Use the collision theory to explain the answer. (4)
(b) t 2 and t 3
Give a reason for the answer without referring to the graph. (2)
Volume (cm3)
T
S
Time (s)
Give TWO possible reasons why graph T differs from graph S. (2)
[15]
Initially excess NH 4 HS(s) is placed in a 5 dm3 container at 218 °C. The container is
sealed and the reaction is allowed to reach equilibrium according to the following
balanced equation:
6.2 What effect will each of the following changes have on the amount of NH 3 (g)
at equilibrium? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME.
6.2.1 More NH 4 HS(s) is added (1)
6.2.2 The temperature is increased (1)
6.3 The equilibrium constant for this reaction at 218 °C is 1,2 x 10-4.
The pressure in the container is now increased by decreasing the volume of the
container at constant temperature.
6.4 How will this change affect the number of moles of H 2 S(g) produced? Fully
explain the answer. (3)
[13]
Anhydrous oxalic acid is an example of an acid that can donate two protons and thus
ionises in two steps as represented by the equations below:
7.1.1 ONE word for the underlined phrase in the above sentence (1)
Calculate the mass of (COOH) 2 needed to prepare the standard solution. (4)
The diagrams below show the burette readings before the titration
commenced and at the endpoint respectively.
2 38
Level of Level of
NaOH(aq) NaOH(aq)
3 39
7.4.1 Use the burette readings and calculate the concentration of the
sodium hydroxide solution. (5)
7.4.2 Write down a balanced equation that explains why the solution has
a pH greater than 7 at the endpoint. (3)
[18]
Learners set up an electrochemical cell, shown in the simplified diagram below, using
magnesium and lead as electrodes. Nitrate solutions are used as electrolytes in both
half-cells.
String dipped in
KNO3(aq)
Electrode P + Electrode Q
Electrolyte Electrolyte
Half-cell A Half-cell B
8.2 Which electrode, P or Q, is magnesium? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
8.4 Calculate the initial emf of the cell above under standard conditions. (4)
The diagram below shows a simplified electrolytic cell that can be used to electroplate
a plastic ring with nickel. Prior to electroplating the ring is covered with a graphite layer.
Battery
9.2 Give ONE reason why the plastic ring must be coated with graphite prior to
electroplating. (1)
9.4 Which electrode, the RING or NICKEL, is the cathode? Give a reason for the
answer. (2)
9.5 How will the concentration of the electrolyte change during electroplating?
Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or NO CHANGE. Give a reason
for the answer. (2)
[11]
The industrial process for the preparation of sulphuric acid involves a series of stages.
The second stage in this process involves the conversion of sulphur dioxide into
sulphur trioxide in a converter as illustrated below. In the converter the gases are
passed over vanadium pentoxide (V 2 O 5 ) placed in layers as shown below.
Gas outlet
10.1.1 Balanced equation for the reaction taking place in the converter (3)
The table below shows data obtained during the second stage.
PERCENTAGE OF
VANADIUM TEMPERATURE OF TEMPERATURE OF
REACTANT
PENTOXIDE GAS BEFORE THE GAS AFTER THE
CONVERTED TO
LAYER REACTION (°C) REACTION (°C)
PRODUCT
1 450 600 66
2 450 518 85
3 450 475 93
4 450 460 99,5
10.3 After the conversion at each layer the gases are cooled down to 450 °C. Fully
explain why the gases must be cooled to this temperature. (3)
10.4 During the third stage sulphur trioxide is dissolved in sulphuric acid rather
than in water to produce oleum.
10.4.2 Give a reason why sulphur trioxide is not dissolved in water. (1)
10.5 Sulphuric acid reacts with ammonia to form a fertiliser. Write down a balanced
equation for this reaction. (3)
[14]
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2015
SCE
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c = n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
θ θ θ
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2015
SCE
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2Cℓ− + 1,36
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I 2 + 2e− ⇌ 2I− + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ −
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+ −
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+ −
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr + e− ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+ −
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76
2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83
2+ −
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+ −
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+ −
Na + e ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+ −
K +e ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2015
SCE
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+ −
Na + e ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2015
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Choose the answer and write only the letter
(A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example
1.11 E.
1.1 Which ONE of the following pairs of reactants is used in a reaction during the
contact process?
1.2 The rate of a chemical reaction is most correctly defined as the ...
1.4 Which ONE of the following compounds has dipole-dipole forces between its
molecules?
A Ethanal
B Ethane
C Ethene
D Ethyne (2)
Potential energy R
(kJ∙mol-1) P
Course of reaction
Which ONE of the following changes will decrease both P and R, but leave Q
unchanged?
A A decrease in volume
C A decrease in temperature
1.6 Which ONE of the following is a product formed during the hydrolysis of
bromoethane?
A Water
B Ethene
C Ethanol
D Bromine (2)
A CHCℓ
B CH 2 Cℓ
C CHCℓ 2
D C 2 H 4 Cℓ 2 (2)
1.8 The reaction represented by the balanced equation below reaches equilibrium
in a closed container.
A Hydrogen
B Sodium chloride
C Hydrogen chloride
Co3+ + e- ⇌ Co2+
Aℓ3++ 3e- ⇌ Aℓ
Which ONE of the following is the cell notation for this cell?
1.10 Chlorine gas (Cℓ 2 ) is bubbled through a potassium iodide solution (KI). The
reducing agent in this reaction is:
A Potassium ions
B Chlorine gas
C Iodide ions
H CH3 H H H H O H
A H C C C C C C H B H C C C C H
CH3 H CH2CH3 H H H H
C CH 3 CH 2 CHO D Butane
Use the information in the table to answer the questions that follow.
3.1 The flow diagram below shows two organic reactions. The letter P represents
an organic compound.
Reaction 2
Alkene
Use the information in the flow diagram to answer the questions that follow.
H H
C C
H H
n
Four compounds of comparable molecular mass are used to investigate the effect of
functional groups on vapour pressure. The results obtained are shown in the table
below.
VAPOUR PRESSURE
COMPOUND
(kPa at 20 °C)
A Butane 204
B Propan-2-one 24,6
C Propan-1-ol 2
D Ethanoic acid 1,6
4.2 Which ONE of the compounds (A, B, C or D) in the table has the:
4.3 Refer to the type of intermolecular forces to explain the difference between
the vapour pressure of compound A and compound B. (3)
4.4 The vapour pressures of compounds C and D are much lower than those of
compounds A and B. Name the type of intermolecular force in A and B that is
responsible for this difference. (1)
4.5 Briefly explain the difference in vapour pressure between compound C and
compound D. (2)
If the initial volume of the oxygen in the container was 60 cm3, calculate the
TOTAL volume of the gases that are present in the container at the end of the
reaction. All the gases in the container are at the same temperature and
pressure. (5)
[16]
Dilute acids, indicated in the table below, react with EXCESS zinc in each of the three
experiments to produce hydrogen gas. The zinc is completely covered with the acid in
each experiment.
5.1 Name TWO essential apparatuses needed to determine the rate of hydrogen
production. (2)
Experiment 1
0 t1 t2 t3 Time (s)
5.3 In which time interval, between t 1 and t 2 OR between t 2 and t 3 , does the
largest volume of hydrogen gas form per second? (1)
On the same set of axes, sketch the graphs that will be obtained for
Experiments 2 and 3. Clearly label the three graphs as EXPERIMENT 1,
EXPERIMENT 2 and EXPERIMENT 3. (4)
5.5 The initial mass of zinc used in each experiment is 0,8 g. The balanced
equation for the reaction in Experiment 3 is:
5.5.1 Calculate the mass of zinc present in the flask after completion of
the reaction in Experiment 3. (5)
5.5.2 How will the mass of zinc present in the flask after completion
of the reaction in Experiment 2 compare to the answer to
QUESTION 5.5.1? Write down only LARGER THAN, SMALLER
THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)
[15]
An unknown gas, X 2 (g), is sealed in a container and allowed to form X 3 (g) at 300 °C.
The reaction reaches equilibrium according to the following balanced equation:
3X 2 (g) ⇌ 2X 3 (g)
6.1 How will the rate of formation of X 3 (g) compare to the rate of formation of
X 2 (g) at equilibrium? Write down only HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)
The reaction mixture is analysed at regular time intervals. The results obtained are
shown in the table below.
TIME [ X2 ] [ X3 ]
(s) (mol∙dm-3) (mol∙dm-3)
0 0,4 0
2 0,22 0,120
4 0,08 0,213
6 0,06 0,226
8 0,06 0,226
10 0,06 0,226
6.2 Calculate the equilibrium constant, K c , for this reaction at 300 °C. (4)
6.3.1 How will this change affect the amount of X 2 (g)? Write down
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
The curves on the set of axes below (not drawn to scale) was obtained from the results
in the table on page 10.
Concentration (mol∙dm-3)
t1 Time (s)
6.4 How does the rate of the forward reaction compare to that of the reverse
reaction at t 1 ? Write down only HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)
The reaction is now repeated at a temperature of 400 °C. The curves indicated by the
dotted lines below were obtained at this temperature.
Concentration (mol∙dm-3)
300 °C
400 °C
Time (s)
6.5 Is the forward reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? Fully explain how
you arrived at the answer. (4)
The Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution curve below represents the number of particles
against kinetic energy at 300 °C.
Number of particles
300 °C
Kinetic energy
6.6 Redraw this curve in the ANSWER BOOK. On the same set of axes, sketch
the curve that will be obtained at 400 °C. Clearly label the curves as 300 °C
and 400 °C respectively. (2)
[15]
7.1.1 Write down the name of the process described by the underlined
sentence. (1)
7.2.2 Calculate the mass x (in grams) of the fertiliser sample used. (8)
7.3 Calculate the pH of a 0,5 moldm-3 sodium hydroxide solution at 25 °C. (4)
[18]
During an investigation to identify the two half-cells, the learners connect each half-cell
alternately to a Cd2+(aq) | Cd(s) half-cell under standard conditions. For each
combination of two half-cells, they write down the net cell reaction and measure the
cell potential.
The results obtained for the two half-cell combinations are given in the table below.
8.1 Write down THREE conditions needed for these cells to function as standard
cells. (3)
Q2+ ; R 2 ; Cd2+
Explain fully how you arrived at the answer. A calculation is NOT required. (4)
[16]
The simplified diagram below represents an electrochemical cell used for the
purification of copper.
DC source
Electrode A
Electrode B
(impure copper)
Electrolyte
9.2 Give a reason why a direct-current (DC) source is used in this experiment. (1)
9.3 Write down the half-reaction which takes place at electrode A. (2)
9.4 Due to small amounts of zinc impurities in the impure copper, the electrolyte
becomes contaminated with Zn2+ ions.
9.5 After the purification of the impure copper was completed, it was found that
2,85 x 10-2 moles of copper were formed.
The initial mass of electrode B was 2,0 g. Calculate the percentage of copper
that was initially present in electrode B. (4)
[12]
Ammonia is an important fertiliser. Large amounts are prepared from hydrogen and
nitrogen in industry.
10.2 The yield of ammonia changes with temperature and pressure during its
industrial preparation. The graphs below show how the percentage of
ammonia in the reaction mixture that leaves the reaction vessel varies under
different conditions.
300 °C
Percentage
400 °C
500 °C
Pressure (atmosphere)
10.2.1 Use the appropriate graph to estimate the percentage of ammonia
present in the reaction mixture at 240 atmosphere and 400 °C. (1)
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2015
NSC
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2015
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2015
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2015
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2014
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
SECTION A
QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.1 The general name given to compounds formed when one or more hydrogen
atoms in alkanes are replaced with halogens (1)
1.2 The homologous series of compounds with the general formula CnH2n-2 (1)
1.4 The coating of one metal with another by the process of electrolysis (1)
1.5 The name of the industrial process used in the preparation of nitric acid (1)
[5]
B CH3COOCH2CH3
C CH3CH2CH2CHO
D CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3 (2)
B CH3CH2CHCH2
C CH3CHCHCH3
D CH3C(CH3)2CHCH2 (2)
2.3 A scientist investigates a factor which influences the boiling points of alkanes.
He determines the boiling points of the first six straight chain alkanes. Which
ONE of the following is the independent variable in this investigation?
A Boiling point
B Functional group
C Branching
2.5 The graph below shows a change made to a chemical equilibrium in a closed
container at time t1. The equation for the reaction is:
H2(g)
Concentration
NH3(g)
N2(g)
t0 t1
Time
A Addition of a catalyst
B Increase in temperature
2.6 In a chemical reaction, the difference between the potential energy of the
products and the potential energy of the reactants is equal to the …
2.10 Which ONE of the following is formed at the cathode in a membrane cell?
A Chlorine
B Hydrogen
C Sodium chloride
D Oxygen (2)
[20]
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
H H H O
A H C C C C OH B butan-2-ol
H H H
H CH3
H
H C
C C C H D pentanal
C C H
H C
H
H H
Petrol is a mixture of hydrocarbons, many of which have the molecular formula C8H18.
4.1 Write down the name of the homologous series to which hydrocarbons with
this molecular formula belong. (1)
The structures of two compounds with molecular formula C8H18 are given below.
Compound A Compound B
H
H C H
H H H H H H H H H H H H H
H C C C C C C H H C C C C C C C C H
H H H H H
H H H H H H H H
H C H
H
4.2 Why are compounds A and B structural isomers? (2)
4.3 Which ONE of the above compounds (A or B) has a higher boiling point?
Refer to MOLECULAR STRUCTURE, INTERMOLECULAR FORCES and the
ENERGY NEEDED to explain the answer. (4)
The flow diagram below shows the steps that a learner follows to convert but-1-ene to
but-2-ene.
Compound X Compound Z
But-1-ene CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3
(Major product)
But-2-ene
5.1 Write down the structural formula of the functional group of but-1-ene. (1)
5.5 Another learner discovers that but-2-ene can be prepared using the following
incomplete reaction below.
The graph below shows the decomposition of gas P according to the following
equation:
P(g) → 2Q(g) + R(g) ΔH < 0
●
0,25
Concentration of P (mol∙dm-3)
0,20 ●
0,15 ●
0,10
●
0,05
0 10 20 30 40 50
Time (s)
6.1 Define the term rate of reaction in words by referring to the graph. (2)
Calculate the average rate (in mol·s-1) at which P(g) is decomposed in the first
10 s. (6)
6.5 Draw a potential energy diagram for the reaction. Clearly indicate the
following on the diagram:
The reaction of methane gas (CH4) with steam (H2O) produces hydrogen gas. The
equation for the reaction is shown below.
CH4(g) + 2H2O(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + 4H2(g)
7.1 Briefly explain why the CO2 gas may be harmful to the environment. (2)
Initially, 1 mol of methane and 2 mol of steam are sealed in a 5,0 dm3 container. When
equilibrium is established at temperature T1, the mixture contains 0,3 mol of CO2(g).
7.4 A new equilibrium is now established at a higher temperature T2. The value of
the equilibrium constant (KC) at this new temperature is 0,01.
The diagram below represents a galvanic cell operating under standard conditions.
Cu(s) Ag(s)
salt bridge
Cu(NO3)2(aq) AgNO3(aq)
8.1.1 The energy conversion which takes place in this cell (1)
8.3 In which direction will electrons flow? Write down only 'from Ag to Cu' or 'from
Cu to Ag'. (1)
8.4 The cell is allowed to discharge for a period of time during which the mass of
the copper electrode changes by 3,2 g.
Calculate the expected mass change of the silver electrode. (Assume that the
change in mass is only a result of the oxidation-reduction reaction occurring
as the cell discharges.) (4)
8.5 The silver half-cell is now replaced with the standard hydrogen half-cell.
A B
concentrated CuCℓ2(aq)
9.3 Write down THREE observations that can be made during this process. (3)
9.5 Give ONE reason why the salt needs to be in solution in this process. (1)
[9]
10.1 Write down the overall cell reaction for this cell. (3)
10.2 Give a reason why this cell is regarded as environmentally friendly. (1)
10.4 Calculate the energy stored in the cell if it has a capacity of 1 A∙h. (5)
[13]
Sulphuric acid is produced by the contact process and is used in the production of
fertilisers such as ammonium sulphate.
11.1 In one of the steps in this process, sulphur trioxide is dissolved in sulphuric
acid rather than in water to produce oleum.
11.1.1 Write down a balanced equation showing how oleum is produced. (3)
11.2 A farmer wants to use a fertiliser which promotes root growth in his vegetable
garden. He must choose between ammonium sulphate, ammonium nitrate
and ammonium phosphate.
The percentage of the elements in each of the fertilisers is given in the table
below.
11.2.1 Which ONE of the above fertilisers will be the best choice? Refer to
the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC
n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode
or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1
H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Ag + 0,80
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
+ e−
3+ 2+
Fe ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− −
⇌
+
SO 4 + 4H + 2e SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn
+ 2e− − 0,27
2+
Ni ⇌ Ni
−
− 0,28
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
−
− 0,74
3+
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,76
2+
Zn ⇌ Zn
− −
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH − 0,83
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
−
− 1,18
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+
⇌
−
− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
−
− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
Li + e− − 3,05
+
⇌ Li
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
−
− 3,05
+
Li + e ⇌ Li
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
−
− 2,92
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
−
− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
−
− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+
⇌
+ 2e− − 1,18
2+
Mn ⇌ Mn
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
2H2O + 2e− ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH− − 0,83
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2014
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.
4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example 1.11. D.
A Oxygen
B Carbon
C Potassium
D Magnesium (2)
Alkenes ...
1.4 Which ONE of the following describes the effect of a positive catalyst on the
net activation energy and the heat of reaction (∆H) of a specific reaction?
NET ACTIVATION
∆H
ENERGY
A Increases No effect
B Decreases Increases
C No effect Decreases
D Decreases No effect (2)
C 11 H 24 → 2C 2 H 4 + Y + C 4 H 10
A Prop-1-ene
B Propane
C Ethene
D Ethane (2)
A but-1-ene.
B but-2-ene.
C butan-1-ol.
D butan-2-ol. (2)
YIELD OF
REACTION RATE
PRODUCTS
A Increases Remains the same
B Increases Decreases
C Increases Increases
D Decreases Decreases (2)
1.8 Which ONE of the following represents the products formed during the
hydrolysis of ammonium chloride?
Consider the organic compounds represented by the letters A to F in the table below.
A 2,2,4-trimethylhexane B CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHO
H H Cℓ Br H
H H
H C C C C C H
C H H H H D C C
H C H
H H n
H
H H O H O
E O C C O C C C F Pentan-2-one
H H H n
2.4.2 Write down the LETTERS that represent two compounds that are
functional isomers. (1)
[14]
3.3 Learners investigate factors that influence the boiling points of alkanes and
alcohols. In one of the investigations they determine the boiling points of the
first three alkanes.
3.3.2 Fully explain why the boiling point increases from methane to
propane. (3)
3.4 The learners find that the boiling point of propan-1-ol is higher than that of
propane.
The flow diagram below shows the preparation of an ester using prop-1-ene as a
starting reagent. P, Q, R and S represent different organic reactions.
P Q
Prop-1-ene Propane Haloalkane
Cℓ2
R
Propan-1-ol
Ester
4.1.1 Q (1)
4.1.2 R (1)
4.3 Write down the structural formula of the haloalkane formed in reaction Q. (2)
4.4 In reaction S propan-1-ol reacts with ethanoic acid to form the ester.
Learners use the reaction between IMPURE POWDERED calcium carbonate and
excess hydrochloric acid to investigate reaction rate. The balanced equation for the
reaction is:
CaCO 3 (s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → CaCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) + CO 2 (g)
They perform four experiments under different conditions of concentration, mass and
temperature as shown in the table below. They use identical apparatus in the four
experiments and measure the volume of gas released in each experiment.
EXPERIMENT
1 2 3 4
-3
Concentration of acid (mol·dm ) 1 0,5 1 1
Mass of impure calcium carbonate (g) 15 15 15 25
Initial temperature of acid (°C) 30 30 40 40
5.3 Use the collision theory to explain why the reaction rate in experiment 4 will
be higher than that in experiment 3. (3)
A
Volume CO2 (cm3)
B
C
D
Time (s)
5.4 Which ONE of the graphs (A, B, C or D) represents experiment 1? Fully
explain the answer by comparing experiment 1 with experiments 2, 3 and 4. (6)
5.5 When the reaction in experiment 4 reaches completion, the volume of gas
formed is 4,5 dm3. Assume that the molar gas volume at 40 °C is equal
to 25,7 dm3.
Calculate the mass of the impurities present in the calcium carbonate. (5)
[18]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2014
NSC
A certain amount of nitrogen dioxide gas (NO 2 ) is sealed in a gas syringe at 25 °C.
When equilibrium is reached, the volume occupied by the reaction mixture in the gas
syringe is 80 cm3. The balanced chemical equation for the reaction taking place is:
2NO 2 (g) ⇌ N 2 O 4 (g) ∆H < 0
dark brown colourless
3
80 cm
The pressure is now increased by decreasing the volume of the gas syringe
at constant temperature as illustrated in the diagram below.
6.4 The temperature of the reaction mixture in the gas syringe is now increased
and a new equilibrium is established. How will each of the following be
affected?
7.1 Nitric acid (HNO 3 ), an important acid used in industry, is a strong acid.
7.1.1 Give a reason why nitric acid is classified as a strong acid. (1)
He then uses the apparatus below to titrate the EXCESS hydrochloric acid in
the above solution against a sodium hydroxide solution.
Retort stand Q
Erlenmeyer flask
Hydrochloric acid
7.2.2 Write down the name of apparatus Q in the above diagram. (1)
INDICATOR pH RANGE
A 3,1 – 4,4
B 6,0 – 7,6
C 8,3 – 10,0
7.2.4 During the titration, the technician uses distilled water to wash any
sodium hydroxide spilled against the sides of the Erlenmeyer flask
into the solution.
7.2.6 The balanced equation for the reaction between hydrochloric acid
and magnesium oxide is:
Hydrogen gas Q _
X
Platinum
1 mol·dm-3 H+(aq) X 2+ (aq)
8.1 Besides concentration write down TWO conditions needed for the hydrogen
half-cell to function under standard conditions. (2)
8.2 Give TWO reasons, besides being a solid, why platinum is suitable to be used
as electrode in the above cell. (2)
8.3.3 Half-reaction that takes place at the cathode of this cell (2)
8.4 The hydrogen half-cell is now replaced by a M|M2+ half-cell. The cell notation
of this cell is:
M(s) | M2+(aq) || X2+(aq) | X(s)
8.4.1 Identify metal M. Show how you arrived at the answer. (5)
8.5 The reading on the voltmeter becomes zero after using this cell for several
hours. Give a reason for this reading by referring to the cell reaction. (1)
[15]
P Q R T
Carbon Carbon
Copper Copper
9.2 Which of the electrodes (P, Q, R or T) will show a mass increase? Write down
a half-reaction to motivate the answer. (4)
9.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the product formed at:
9.4 Fully explain the answer to QUESTION 9.3.2 by referring to the relative
strengths of the reducing agents involved. (3)
[10]
10.1 The flow diagram below shows the processes involved in the industrial
preparation of fertiliser Q.
Haber Ostwald
Reactants Product A Main product B
process process
Fertiliser Q
10.1.1 NAMES or FORMULAE of the reactants used in the Haber process (2)
3 – 1 – 5 (36)
20 kg
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2014
NSC
m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb
or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2014
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2013
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.1 The homologous series to which compounds with the functional group –OH
belong (1)
1.2 The process in which large alkane molecules are broken up into smaller
alkanes and alkenes (1)
1.3 The amount of products formed or reactants used per unit time in a chemical
reaction (1)
1.4 The process in which electricity is used to decompose a chemical substance (1)
1.5 The name of the industrial process used in the production of ammonia (1)
[5]
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.
2.1 Which ONE of the following compounds has the highest melting point?
A CH 3 CH 3
B CH 3 CH 2 CH 3
C CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (2)
III CH 3 C C CH 3 IV CH3 C CH
A I and II
B I and III
C I and IV
D II and III (2)
H H H H
C C + H H H C C H
H H H H
A addition.
B oxidation.
C elimination.
D substitution. (2)
2.4 Activation energy can best be described as the minimum energy required
to …
2.7 Which ONE of the following half-reactions occurs at the CATHODE during the
electrolysis of a solution of CuCℓ 2 ?
A Cℓ 2 + 2e- → 2Cℓ-
B Cu → Cu2+ + 2e-
C 2Cℓ- → Cℓ 2 + 2e-
D Cu2+ + 2e- → Cu (2)
2.8 When a galvanic (voltaic) cell delivers current, the salt bridge …
2.9 Which ONE of the following metals is the strongest reducing agent?
A Ag
B Zn
C Cu
D Aℓ (2)
2.10 The chlor-alkali process leads to the production of two gases. Which ONE of
the following CORRECTLY shows the gases produced at the anode and
cathode of this cell?
Anode Cathode
A Oxygen gas Chlorine gas
B Hydrogen gas Chlorine gas
C Chlorine gas Hydrogen gas
D Chlorine gas Water vapour
(2)
[20]
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
H H H
H C C C O H
A Pent-2-ene B
H H
H C H
CH3 O
The table below shows the boiling points of four organic compounds, represented by
the letters A to D, of comparable molecular mass.
4.1.3 Using molecular formulae, write down the balanced equation for
the combustion of compound A in excess oxygen. (3)
4.2.1 Give a reason for this difference in boiling points by referring to the
intermolecular forces present in EACH of these compounds. (2)
Some of the reactions of BUTAN-1-OL are represented in the flow diagram below. P,
Q and R represent the organic products formed.
Concentrated H2SO4
BUTAN-1-OL
HBr Ethanoic acid
Q R
5.2.2 Balanced equation for the reaction that takes place using structural
formulae (5)
5.3 Product R is formed when butan-1-ol reacts with ethanoic acid in the
presence of an acid catalyst.
The apparatus shown below is used to investigate the rate at which hydrogen gas is
produced when a certain amount of zinc reacts with an excess of a dilute hydrochloric
acid solution.
Delivery tube Y
Z
Stopwatch
The reaction that takes place is represented by the following balanced equation:
6.2 Write down ONE function of the item of apparatus labelled Y in THIS
investigation. (1)
Two experiments are conducted using the apparatus above. The conditions for each
experiment are given in the table below.
Experiment 1 Experiment 2
Zinc powdered powdered
Hydrochloric acid 0,1 mol∙dm-3 0,2 mol∙dm-3
Temperature 25 °C 25 °C
The volume of hydrogen gas produced is measured in each experiment. The graphs
below show the results obtained.
Volume (dm3)
Q
0 Time (minutes)
6.4 Which graph, P or Q, represents Experiment 2? Refer to the data given in the
table, as well as the shape of the graph, to explain how you arrived at the
answer. (3)
6.5 Give a reason why the rate of hydrogen production slows down towards the
end in both experiments. (1)
6.6 Calculate the mass of zinc used to prepare 0,24 dm3 of hydrogen gas at room
temperature. Assume that 1 mole of hydrogen gas has a volume of
24,04 dm3 at room temperature. (6)
[14]
1,0
Amount (mol)
0,3
HCℓ(g)
0,1 O2(g)
0 t1 t2 t3
Time (minutes)
7.2.1 How does the rate of the forward reaction at time t 1 compare to
that at time t 2 ? Write down GREATER THAN, SMALLER THAN or
EQUAL TO. Use the graphs to give a reason for the answer. (2)
7.2.2 How does the rate of the forward and the reverse reactions
compare at time t 3 ? Write down only GREATER THAN, SMALLER
THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)
7.2.3 Calculate the equilibrium constant (K c ) for this reaction at this
temperature. (9)
7.3 The temperature is NOW increased. How will this change affect the value of
the equilibrium constant?
Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. Explain
the answer. (4)
7.4 How will each of the following changes affect the equilibrium concentration of
Cℓ 2 (g)? Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
7.4.1 Water vapour is added into the container. (1)
7.4.2 A catalyst is added. (1)
7.4.3 The volume of the container is increased. (1)
[21]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC
H2(g)
Mg
X
°
°
Pt ° °
° °
°
° H+(aq) Mg2+(aq)
°
8.1 Apart from concentration, write down TWO other conditions needed for the
hydrogen half-cell to function at standard conditions. (2)
8.2 Write down the name of the item of apparatus labelled X. (1)
8.3 Is magnesium the ANODE or CATHODE in the cell above? Refer to the
relative strengths of reducing agents to explain the answer. (4)
8.4 Write down the cell notation for this cell. (3)
8.5 Calculate the standard reduction potential of the magnesium half-cell. Show
ALL your working. (4)
8.6 Write down the balanced NET (overall) cell reaction that takes place in this
cell. No spectator ions are required. (3)
[17]
The simplified diagrams below represent two electrochemical cells, A and B, used in
INDUSTRY. Cell A is used in the purification of copper ore containing silver and
platinum impurities. Cell B is used to electroplate a bracelet with a layer of copper.
CELL A CELL B
Power Power
source source
CuSO4(aq) CuSO4(aq)
Bracelet
9.1 Write down the name of the type of electrochemical cell (ELECTROLYTIC or
GALVANIC) of which the above two cells are examples. (1)
9.2 Pure copper is used as one of the electrodes in each of the cells above. In
which cell (A or B) is the pure copper the:
9.3 Consider cell B. Initially the CuSO 4 (aq) has a blue colour.
9.3.1 How will the intensity of the blue colour change whilst the cell is
functioning? Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. Give a reason for the answer. (3)
9.3.2 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at the pure copper
electrode. (2)
9.4.1 Give a reason why the sludge formed in this cell is of economic
importance. (1)
9.4.2 Name ONE negative impact that the energy usage in this process
has on the environment. (2)
[11]
Nickel-zinc cells are rechargeable. The half-reactions that take place in such cells are:
10.1 Write down the general name given to cells that are rechargeable. (1)
10.2 Write down the balanced net (overall) cell reaction that takes place in this cell. (3)
10.3 The emf of one such cell is 1,65 V and its capacity is 1 500 mA∙h.
10.3.2 Calculate the maximum electrical work that can be done by this
cell. (4)
[10]
Different processes used in the preparation of fertilisers C and F are represented in the
flow diagram below.
Gas A Gas B
O2(g) O2(g)
Ammonia Gas D Gas E
Pt
Fertiliser C Fertiliser F
Write down:
11.2.1 The name of the industrial process used to prepare sulphuric acid (1)
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC
n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode
or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 Atomic number 2
KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal
2,1
H He
1 4
3 4 29 5 6 7 8 9 10
Electronegativity Symbol
Cu
1,9
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 63,5 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Approximate relative atomic mass Cℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Aℓ Si P S Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Ag + 0,80
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ e−
3+ 2+
Fe ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2−
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌
+
SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn
+ 2e− − 0,27
2+
Ni ⇌ Ni
−
− 0,28
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,76
2+
Zn ⇌ Zn
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 1,18
2+
Mn ⇌ Mn
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+
⇌
−
− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
−
− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
Li + e− − 3,05
+
⇌ Li
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
−
− 3,05
+
Li + e ⇌ Li
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
−
− 2,92
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
−
− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
−
− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+
⇌
−
− 1,18
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2013
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.1 The industrial preparation of nitrogen gas from liquid air (1)
1.3 A theory used to explain how factors, such as temperature, change the rate of
a reaction (1)
1.4 The general term used to describe a substance that donates electrons to
another substance (1)
1.5 The general term used to describe a class of organic compounds in which
one member differs from the previous one by a CH 2 group (1)
[5]
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.
A ─ COO ─
B ─ COOH
C ─ CHO
D ─ OH (2)
2.2 Which ONE of the following hydrocarbons always gives a product with the
same IUPAC name when ANY ONE of its hydrogen atoms is replaced with a
chlorine atom?
A Hexane
B Hex-1-ene
C Cyclohexane
D Cyclohexene (2)
2.3 The equation below represents the reaction that takes place when an organic
compound and concentrated sodium hydroxide are strongly heated.
X represents the major organic product formed.
H H H
A Prop-1-ene
B Prop-2-ene
C Propan-1-ol
D Propan-2-ol (2)
2.4 The graphs below represent the molecular distribution for a reaction at
different temperatures.
Number of molecules
P
Q
R
Kinetic energy
Which ONE of the graphs above represents the reaction at the highest
temperature?
A P
B Q
C R
D S (2)
Which ONE of the following changes will increase the yield of products?
A Increase temperature.
B Decrease temperature.
[N2O4]
[NO2]
t1 Time (s)
C The rate of the forward reaction equals the rate of the reverse reaction.
D The concentrations of the reactant and the product are equal. (2)
A F 2 (g)
B F-(aq)
C Li(s)
D Li+(aq) (2)
2.8 Which ONE of the following statements about a galvanic cell in operation is
CORRECT?
2.9 The function of the salt bridge in a galvanic cell in operation is to ...
2.10 The major product formed at the ANODE in a membrane cell is ...
A hydrogen.
B oxygen.
C chlorine.
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
H C H
H H H H H O H
H
A H B H C C C C H
C C C C C C H
H H H
H H H H
H C H
H
H Br Br H H H
H C H
H C C C C C C H
H H
E H H H H H F H C C C C C H
H C H
H H H
H C H
3.2.1 A (2)
3.2.2 E (2)
3.2.3 F (2)
3.3.3 IUPAC name of the organic acid used to prepare compound D (1)
In order to identify each sample, she determines the boiling point of each under the
same conditions. The results are shown in the table below.
BOILING POINT
SAMPLE
(°C)
P 76
Q 36
R 118
4.2 From the passage above, write down a phrase that shows that this
investigation is a fair test. (1)
Two straight chain compounds, P and Q, each have the following molecular formula:
P: C 4 H 10
Q: C 4 H 8
5.1 Write down the name of the homologous series to which Q belongs. (1)
5.2 Compound P reacts with chlorine to form 2-chlorobutane.
Write down:
5.2.1 A balanced chemical equation, using MOLECULAR FORMULAE,
for the reaction that takes place (3)
5.2.2 The type of reaction that takes place (1)
5.2.3 One reaction condition (other than the solvent needed) (1)
5.3 Compound Q takes part in reactions as shown in the flow diagram below.
Compound Q (C4H8)
Bromine Reaction 1
R
P
Q
Time (s)
6.2 Which catalyst is the most effective? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
6.3 Fully explain, by referring to the collision theory, how a catalyst increases the
rate of a reaction. (3)
In another experiment, the learners obtain the following results for the decomposition
of hydrogen peroxide:
TIME (s) H 2 O 2 CONCENTRATION (mol∙dm-3)
0 0,0200
200 0,0160
400 0,0131
600 0,0106
800 0,0086
6.4 Calculate the AVERAGE rate of decomposition (in mol∙dm-3·s-1) of H 2 O 2 (aq)
in the first 400 s. (3)
6.5 Will the rate of decomposition at 600 s be GREATER THAN, LESS THAN or
EQUAL TO the rate calculated in QUESTION 6.4? Give a reason for the
answer. (2)
6.6 Calculate the mass of oxygen produced in the first 600 s if 50 cm3 of
hydrogen peroxide decomposes in this time interval. (5)
[17]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2013
NSC
A chemical engineer studies the reaction of nitrogen and oxygen in a laboratory. The
reaction reaches equilibrium in a closed container at a certain temperature, T,
according to the following balanced equation:
7.1 Is the yield of NO(g) at temperature T HIGH or LOW? Give a reason for the
answer. (2)
7.3 How will each of the following changes affect the YIELD of NO(g)? Write
down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
The diagram below shows a galvanic cell operating under standard conditions. The cell
reaction taking place when the cell is functioning is:
Cℓ2(g)
Au
Pt
Cℓ-(aq) Au3+(aq)
8.3 How will the reading on the voltmeter now compare to the INITIAL reading
of 0,14 V? Write down only LARGER THAN, SMALLER THAN or EQUAL TO.
Give a reason for the answer. (2)
[12]
Electrode X
Spanner
Cr(NO3)3(aq)
A constant current passes through the solution and the concentration of Cr(NO 3 ) 3 (aq)
remains constant during the process. In the process, a total of 0,03 moles of electrons
is transferred in the electrolytic cell.
The standard reduction potentials for the half-reactions that take place in a cell of a
lead-acid battery are as follows:
10.2 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at the anode of this cell. (2)
10.3 Write down the overall cell reaction when the cell delivers current. (3)
10.4 A number of the cells above are connected in series to form a 300 V battery
which operates at standard conditions.
Calculate the:
10.4.1 Maximum energy stored in the battery if its capacity is 7 500 A∙h (5)
11.1 A farmer wants to produce the following fruit and vegetables for the market:
Write down the NAME of the most important primary nutrient required to
enhance:
11.2.1 Write down the name of the process used in the industrial
preparation of ammonia. (1)
11.2.2 Write down a balanced chemical equation for the reaction that
takes place in the process named in QUESTION 11.2.1. (3)
11.4 Describe ONE negative impact on humans when fertiliser runs off into dams
and rivers as a result of rain. (2)
[11]
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2013
NSC
n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode
or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7
0,9
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2012
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.1 An atom or a group of atoms that gives an organic compound its chemical
properties (1)
1.2 The type of addition reaction in which a hydrogen halide is added to an alkene (1)
1.4 The component of a galvanic cell that allows for the movement of ions
between the half-cells (1)
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.
A C2H4
B C3H6
C C3H8
D C4H8 (2)
A H H O B H H
H C C C H C C C H
H H H
H H
C H H H D H H O
H C C C H H C C C O H
H H H H H (2)
2.3 Consider the two organic compounds represented by I and II, as shown
below.
I II
H O H O
H C C C H C
H H
H H
I II
A aldehyde alcohol
B ketone alcohol
C ketone aldehyde
D aldehyde ketone
(2)
Which ONE of the following changes will increase the rate of production of
CO 2 (g)?
A Increase in pressure
2.5 The diagram below shows the change in potential energy for a hypothetical
reaction, represented by the following equation:
180 kJ
X2 + 3Y2
80 kJ
2XY3
reaction coordinate
A -80 kJ
B 80 kJ
C 100 kJ
D 180 kJ (2)
Which ONE of the following changes will increase the AMOUNT of XY(g)?
A Decrease in temperature
B Increase in temperature
C Increase in pressure
A oxidation.
B reduction.
C electrolysis.
2.8 Which ONE of the following statements regarding a copper-silver galvanic cell
is TRUE?
A Mercury
B Molten copper
2.10 Which ONE of the following is NOT associated with eutrophication in water?
A Dead zones
B Algal bloom
C Depletion of oxygen
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
A B
CH3
CH3
CH3 CH CH2 CH CH2 CH3
F
CH3
C D
H H H
H C C C C C H hexanoic acid
H H
H C H
4.1 In the petroleum industry smaller, more useful hydrocarbons are obtained
from larger ones by a process called cracking.
C CH3 C CH3 9
CH3
5.1 In the flow diagram below, X, Y and Z represent three different types of
organic reactions. P represents an organic compound.
CH3
reaction X
CH3 CH2 C Br CH3 CH C CH3
CH3 CH3
reaction Y KOH(aq)
mild heat
reaction Z
5.1.4 Apart from the organic reactant, write down the NAME or
FORMULA of the other reactant needed in reaction Z. (1)
5.2 Hexanoic acid is responsible for the unique odour associated with goats.
When it reacts with alcohol X, ethyl hexanoate, which is used commercially as
a fruit flavour, is formed.
5.2.2 What is the role of the sulphuric acid in the above reaction? (1)
5.2.3 Use structural formulae to write down a balanced equation for the
preparation of ethyl hexanoate. (6)
5.2.4 Give a reason why the test tube and its contents are heated in a
water bath and not directly over the flame. (1)
5.2.5 Write down ONE use of esters in the food manufacturing industry. (1)
[18]
A group of learners use the reaction between zinc and sulphuric acid to investigate one
of the factors that affects reaction rate. The equation below represents the reaction that
takes place.
They add 6,5 g of zinc granules to excess DILUTE sulphuric acid and measure the
mass of zinc used per unit time.
The learners then repeat the experiment using excess CONCENTRATED sulphuric
acid.
6.4 Give a reason why the learners must use the same amount of ZINC
GRANULES in both experiments. (1)
The results obtained for the reaction using DILUTE sulphuric acid are represented in
the graph below.
amount of Zn (mol)
0,1
0,08
60 time(s)
6.5 Using the graph, calculate the mass of zinc used from t = 0 s to t = 60 s. (4)
6.6 Calculate the average rate of the reaction (in gram per second) during the
first 60 s. (2)
6.7 Copy the above graph into your ANSWER BOOK. ON THE SAME SET OF
AXES, use a dotted line to show the curve that will be obtained when
concentrated sulphuric acid is used. Label that curve P (no numerical values
are required). (2)
[14]
7.1 Explain why farmers have to apply fertilisers to their land EACH YEAR. (2)
7.2 Write down ONE negative impact that OVERFERTILISATION can have on
humans. (2)
The equation below represents one of the steps in the industrial preparation
of sulphuric acid.
7.3.1 Write down the name of the process used to prepare sulphuric acid
in industry. (1)
7.3.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the catalyst used in the
process in QUESTION 7.3.1. (1)
7.3.4 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the fertiliser formed when
sulphuric acid reacts with ammonia. (2)
The learners set up galvanic cells using different combinations of the above half-cells.
8.1 Write down the standard conditions under which these cells operate. (2)
8.3 Use the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials to determine which ONE of
the three half-cells (A, B or C) contains the:
8.4 Without any calculation, write down the combination of two half-cells which
will produce the highest emf. Write down only AB, BC or AC. (1)
8.5 One group of learners set up a galvanic cell using half-cells A and B, as
shown below. X represents one of the components of the galvanic cell.
A B
8.5.1 Write down the NAME or SYMBOL of the substance that will act as
the anode in this cell. Give a reason for the answer. (2)
The simplified diagram below represents an electrochemical cell used in the refining of
copper. One of the electrodes consists of impure copper and the other one of pure
copper.
power source
P Q
CuSO4(aq)
9.1 What type of power source is used to drive the reaction in this cell? Write
down only AC or DC. (1)
9.2 Give a reason why the copper(II) sulphate is dissolved in water before it is
used in this cell. (1)
When an electric current passes through the solution, electrode P becomes coated
with copper.
9.3 Is electrode P the cathode or the anode? Support your answer by writing the
half-reaction that takes place at electrode P. (3)
9.4 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at electrode Q. (2)
It is found that the impure copper plate contains platinum. The platinum forms a
residue at the bottom of the container during electrolysis.
9.5 Refer to the relative strengths of reducing agents to explain why platinum
forms a residue at the bottom of the container. (2)
9.6 How will the concentration of the copper(II) sulphate solution change during
electrolysis? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE
SAME.
The simplified diagram of a cell used in the chlor-alkali industry is shown below.
gas gas
brine water
Y X
used salt NaOH(aq)
solution
power source
10.3 Write down a half-reaction that explains the formation of hydrogen gas at one
of the electrodes. (2)
10.4 The purity of the sodium hydroxide produced in the chlor-alkali industry
depends on the extent to which it is separated from the chlorine gas produced
by this cell. Briefly describe how chlorine gas and sodium hydroxide are
prevented from mixing in this cell. (2)
10.5 Apart from advantages and disadvantages of products produced, write down
for this process:
The two half-reactions involved in this battery and their respective reduction potentials
are given below.
11.1 Which half-reaction (A or B) takes place at the cathode of this battery? Refer
to the given reduction potentials and give a reason for the answer. (2)
11.2 Write down the net (overall) reaction that takes place in this battery. (3)
11.3 Write down the SYMBOL or FORMULA or NAME of the substance that acts
as reducing agent in this battery.
11.4 State ONE safety concern regarding the disposal of these batteries. (2)
[9]
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC
n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode
or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1
H He
1 4
29
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Approximate relative atomic mass
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD- REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
+ e−
3+ 2+
Co ⇌ Co + 1,81
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e−
+
⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
−
+ 8H + 5e−
2+
⇌
+
MnO 4 Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2Cℓ− + 1,36
2−
+ 14H + 6e−
3+
⇌
+
Cr 2 O 7 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
Pt + 2e−
2+
⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
Ag + e Ag + 0,80
−
+ 2H + e−
+
NO 3 ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu + e−
+
⇌ Cu + 0,52
+ −
SO 2 + 4H + 4e ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2−
+ 4H + 2e− ⇌
+
SO 4 SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn
−
− 0,27
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni
+ 2e− − 0,28
2+
Co ⇌ Co
−
− 0,40
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd
+ e−
2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,76
2+
Zn ⇌ Zn
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 1,18
2+
Mn ⇌ Mn
+ 3e− − 1,66
3+
Aℓ ⇌ Aℓ
−
− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
−
− 2,87
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca
Sr + 2e− − 2,89
2+
⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
Li + e− − 3,05
+
⇌ Li
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD- REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
−
− 3,05
+
Li + e ⇌ Li
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
−
− 2,92
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
−
− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
−
− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
+ 3e− − 1,66
3+
Aℓ ⇌ Aℓ
−
− 1,18
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2012
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.2 The IUPAC name of the alkene with two carbon atoms (1)
1.3 The minimum energy needed for a chemical reaction to occur (1)
1.4 The general name used for a substance that increases the rate of a reaction
without being consumed in the reaction (1)
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.
H H H
H C C C C H
H H
H C H
H
A propane.
B 2-methylbutane.
C 2-methylpropane.
D 2,2-dimethylpropane. (2)
2.3 The alcohols form a homologous series. This means that alcohols have ...
A similar chemical properties.
B similar physical properties.
C the same molecular formula.
D the same structural formula. (2)
2.4 The energy distribution diagrams for particles in a fixed mass of gas at two
different temperatures, T 1 and T 2 , are shown below.
T1
Number of particles
T2
Kinetic energy
Which ONE of the following is the correct interpretation of the diagrams as the
temperature of the gas changes from T 1 to T 2 ?
B Decreases Decreases
C Decreases Increases
2.6 The reaction represented by the balanced equation below reaches equilibrium
in a closed container.
2NO 2 (g) ⇌ N 2 O 4 (g) ΔH < 0
Which ONE of the following changes will INCREASE the yield of N 2 O 4 (g)?
A Add a catalyst.
B Remove NO 2 gas from the container.
C Increase the temperature of the system.
D Decrease the temperature of the system. (2)
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Start EACH question on a NEW page.
2. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between
QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.
3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.
4. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
H H H O O
E H C C C C H F CH3 CH2 O C CH2 CH3
H H C HH
H
3.1 Write down the letter(s) that represent(s) each of the following:
(A compound may be used more than once.)
3.3.2 Write down the IUPAC name of the alcohol needed to prepare
compound F. (2)
During a practical investigation the boiling points of the first six straight-chain
ALKANES were determined and the results were recorded in the table below.
4.1.1 Most important use of the alkanes in the above table (1)
4.1.2 General formula of the alkanes (1)
Refer to the table to answer QUESTION 4.2 and QUESTION 4.3 below.
4.2.3 Conclusion that can be drawn from the above results (2)
4.3 Write down the NAME of an alkane that is a liquid at 25 °C. (1)
4.4 Alkanes burn readily in oxygen. Write down a balanced equation, using
molecular formulae, for the combustion of propane in excess oxygen. (3)
4.5 Will the boiling points of the structural isomers of hexane be HIGHER THAN,
LOWER THAN or EQUAL TO that of hexane? Refer to MOLECULAR
STRUCTURE, INTERMOLECULAR FORCES and ENERGY NEEDED to
explain the answer. (4)
[14]
The flow diagram below shows how three organic compounds can be prepared from
2-bromo-3-methylbutane.
Compound A Compound B
Reaction 1 Reaction 2
Reaction 3
2-bromo-3-methylbutane
An alkene
5.2 Reaction 2 takes place in the presence of a dilute sodium hydroxide solution.
Write down:
5.3.2 The name of the type of reaction which takes place (1)
5.3.3 The structural formula of compound A, the major product formed (2)
Balance
6.1 Write down the NAME of the gas that escapes through the cotton wool plug
while the reaction takes place. (1)
The loss in mass of the flask and its contents is recorded in intervals of 2 minutes. The
results obtained are shown in the graph below.
Graph of loss in mass versus time
4,5
4,0
• • • •
•
Loss in mass (g)
3,5
3,0 • •
2,5
2,0 •
1,5
1,0
0,5
0 •0 5 10 15 20
Time (minutes)
6.2 From the graph, write down the following:
6.2.1 The coordinates of the point that represents results that were
measured incorrectly (1)
6.2.2 How long (in minutes) the reaction lasts (1)
6.2.3 How long (in minutes) it takes 75% (three quarters) of the reaction
to occur (1)
6.4 How would a higher concentration of hydrochloric acid affect the following:
(Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.)
6.5 Apart from concentration and temperature changes, write down TWO other
changes that can be made to increase the rate of this reaction. (2)
6.6 Calculate the mass of calcium carbonate used when the reaction is
completed. Assume that all the gas that was formed, escaped from the flask. (5)
[16]
Initially 3 moles of A(g) and 6 moles of B(g) are mixed in a 5 dm3 sealed container.
When the reaction reaches equilibrium at 25 °C, it is found that 4 moles of B(g) is
present.
7.2 Show by calculation that the equilibrium concentration of C(g) is 0,4 mol∙dm-3. (3)
7.3 How will an increase in pressure, by decreasing the volume of the container,
influence the amount of C(g) in the container at 25 °C?
Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. Explain
the answer. (3)
7.4 The initial number of moles of B(g) is now increased while the initial number
of moles of A(g) remains constant at 25 °C.
Calculate the number of moles of B(g) that must be ADDED to the original
amount (6 mol) so that the concentration of C(g) is 0,8 mol∙dm-3 at
equilibrium. The equilibrium constant (K C ) for this reaction at 25 °C is 0,625. (9)
[17]
Thermometer
Cu2+(aq)
Aℓ
8.1.1 How would the reading on the thermometer change as the reaction
proceeds? Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. Give a reason for the answer. (2)
8.1.3 Write down the balanced net IONIC equation for the reaction that
takes place. (3)
Cu salt bridge Aℓ
Cu2+(aq) Aℓ3+(aq)
8.2.2 Write down the cell notation for this cell. (3)
8.2.4 What will the reading on the voltmeter be? Give a reason for your
answer. (2)
[17]
DC power source
9.1 Write down the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (1)
9.2 Direct current (DC) is used in this process. Give a reason why alternating
current (AC) is NOT used. (1)
9.4.1 Equation for the half-reaction that takes place at electrode Y (2)
9.5 Give a reason why the concentration of electrolyte X remains constant during
electroplating. (2)
9.6 Apart from the income generated, write down ONE major reason why the
company electroplates the spoons. (1)
9.7 Write down the TWO major expenses for the company during the process. (2)
[11]
The following half-reactions take place when a non-rechargeable alkaline cell is in use:
10.1 Write down the general name used for non-rechargeable cells. (1)
10.2 Which ONE of the above equations (1 or 2) represents the half-reaction that
takes place at the cathode? Give a reason for your answer. (2)
10.3 Give a reason why the cell 'dies' after delivering current for a while. (1)
10.4 The emf of the alkaline cell is 1,5 V. The maximum electrical work that can be
done by this cell is 3 x 104 J.
Calculate the:
10.4.2 Maximum constant current that this cell can deliver for
20 hours (3)
[11]
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2012
NSC
11.1 The flow diagram below represents processes used in the fertiliser industry.
Process Y
Process Z
Ammonia
Acid R
Ammonium sulphate
Write down:
11.2 Ammonium nitrate is one of the most common compounds used as fertiliser.
11.2.1 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the acid needed to prepare
ammonium nitrate from ammonia. (1)
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2012
NSC
n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode
or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2012
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1
H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu
1,9
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2012
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e−
+
⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
−
+ 8H + 5e−
2+
⇌
+
MnO 4 Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− − 3+
⇌
+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
Pt + 2e−
2+
⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
Ag + 0,80
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ e−
3+ 2+
Fe ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2−
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌
+
SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn
+ 2e− − 0,27
2+
Ni ⇌ Ni
−
− 0,28
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,76
2+
Zn ⇌ Zn
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 1,18
2+
Mn ⇌ Mn
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+
⇌
−
− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
−
− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
Li + e− − 3,05
+
⇌ Li
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2012
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
−
− 3,05
+
Li + e ⇌ Li
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
−
− 2,92
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
−
− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
−
− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+
⇌
−
− 1,18
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2011
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.1 The homologous series to which the compound CH3Cℓ belongs (1)
1.2 The general term that describes compounds that consist of hydrogen and
carbon atoms only (1)
1.3 The stage reached in a reversible chemical reaction when the rate of the
forward reaction is equal to the rate of the reverse reaction (1)
1.4 The name of the chemical substance in which Aℓ2O3 is dissolved to lower its
melting point during the industrial extraction of aluminium (1)
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.
A CnH2n+2
B CnH2n-2
C CnH2n
D CnH2n-1 (2)
2.2 Which ONE of the following homologous series does NOT contain a
CARBONYL group ( C O )?
A Aldehydes
B Alcohols
C Carboxylic acids
D Esters (2)
OH CH3 CH2
OH
A I and II only
B III and IV only
C I and III only
D II and IV only (2)
Which ONE of the following changes to the reaction mixture will change its
colour from yellow to orange?
A Add a catalyst.
B Add water to the reaction mixture.
C Add a few drops of sodium hydroxide solution to the reaction mixture.
D Add a few drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid to the reaction
mixture. (2)
2.5 The Maxwell-Boltzmann energy distribution curves below show the number of
particles as a function of their kinetic energy for a reaction at four different
temperatures. The minimum kinetic energy needed for effective collisions to
take place is represented by E.
A
Number of particles
B
C
D
E Kinetic energy
Which ONE of these curves represents the reaction with the highest rate?
A A
B B
C C
D D (2)
Ea
E1
∆H
E2
Course of reaction
Which ONE of the following quantities will change when a catalyst is added?
A E2
B E1
C Ea
D ∆H (2)
A Nitrogen gas
B Guano
C Bone meal
D Ammonium sulphate (2)
A Ag(s) is reduced.
B Zn(s) is the anode.
C Ag2O(s) is the negative electrode.
D Electrons are transferred from Ag(s) to Zn(s). (2)
2.10 The oxidation number of copper (Cu) in the compound CuSO4 is ...
A -2
B -4
C +2
D +4 (2)
[20]
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Start EACH question on a NEW page.
2. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between
QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.
3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.
4. Round off ALL final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.
A B
H H H H O H
H C C C C C H H C C C H
H H H H
H C H
H
C D
CH2 CH2 H O H
H C C C H
CH2
H H
E F
H H H H
ethyl butanoate
H C C C C H
H H H H
3.4 Compound F is the organic product of the reaction between a carboxylic acid
and ethanol. Write down the following:
3.4.1 The name of the homologous series to which compound F belongs (1)
3.4.3 The IUPAC name of the carboxylic acid from which compound F is (2)
prepared
Three hydrocarbons (A, B and C) with molecular formula C5H12 are used to investigate
the effect of BRANCHING on the BOILING POINTS of hydrocarbons.
4.1 Write down the term used to describe compounds with the same molecular
formula, but with different structural formulae. (1)
4.3 Are these hydrocarbons saturated or unsaturated? Explain the answer. (3)
4.4 One of the hydrocarbons (A, B or C) has a straight chain with no branches.
Write down the following:
4.5.2 Explain why hydrocarbon C has the lowest boiling point. In your
explanation, refer to its structure, intermolecular forces and the
energy involved. (3)
4.6 Which ONE of hydrocarbons (A, B or C) has the highest vapour pressure?
Refer to the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)
[17]
P Alcohol X
CH3 CH CH2 (major product)
Q
CH3CHBrCH3 Alcohol Y
5.1.1 P (1)
5.1.2 Q (1)
5.1.3 R (1)
5.2 Using structural formulae, write down a balanced equation for reaction P. (4)
5.4 Reaction Q takes place in the presence of a BASE. Write down TWO reaction
conditions for this reaction. (2)
[11]
60
Volume of oxygen gas (cm3)
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Time (s)
6.2 Use the graph to determine the volume of oxygen gas collected in the
container at 15 seconds. (2)
6.3 How does the rate of the reaction change between t = 40 s and t = 70 s?
Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. Refer
to the graph to explain the answer. (2)
6.4 What is the function of the copper(II) oxide in this reaction? (1)
6.5 Apart from oxygen, write down the NAMES or FORMULAE of TWO
substances present in the flask after 90 seconds. (2)
6.6 The learners found that oxygen is produced at a slower rate when 1 g of a
SOLID LUMP of copper(II) oxide is used. Fully explain this observation. (2)
6.7 It is known that bad breath is due to bacterial activity in the mouth in the
absence of oxygen.
Use the reaction above to explain why a solution containing hydrogen
peroxide can be used as mouthwash to improve bad breath. (2)
[12]
7.1.3 Give TWO reasons why high temperatures are used for this
reaction. (2)
7.2 Study the reversible reaction represented by the balanced equation below.
7.2.1 Calculate the initial number of moles of H2(g), x, that was in the
container. (8)
Cu salt bridge Pb
Cu2+(aq) Pb2+(aq)
8.1 Write down the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (1)
8.3 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at the anode. (2)
8.4 In which direction do electrons flow in the external circuit when this cell
delivers a current? Write down only 'from Cu to Pb' or 'from Pb to Cu'. (1)
8.5 Write down the balanced net (overall) cell reaction. (3)
8.7 Use the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials to calculate the initial
potential difference (emf) of the above cell at STANDARD CONDITIONS. (4)
8.8 From the results obtained the learners conclude that the measured potential
difference differs from the calculated potential difference.
In the electrolytic cell, represented below, two CARBON RODS are used as electrodes
and a concentrated copper(II) chloride solution is used as electrolyte.
battery
P Q
CuCℓ2(aq)
9.3 Which electrode, P or Q, is the cathode? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
9.4 The carbon rods in the above cell are now replaced with COPPER RODS.
• No gas is released.
• Its surface appears rough and eroded.
9.4.2 This cell can be used for the refining of copper. Which electrode
(P or Q) will be replaced with impure copper during the refining
process? (1)
[12]
The simplified diagram of a membrane cell used in the chlor-alkali industry is shown
below. Gas A, gas B and compound C are the three major products formed during this
process. X and Y represent the two electrodes.
Gas A Gas B
Membrane
Water Brine
X Y
Compound C Used salt solution
Power supply
10.1 Write down the function of the membrane in this cell. (1)
10.4 Write down the balanced net (overall) cell reaction taking place in this cell. (3)
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/November 2011
NSC
Nitric acid is used in the preparation of fertiliser. The flow diagram below shows the
three steps (A, B and C) in the industrial preparation of nitric acid.
A B C
NH3(g) Nitrogen(II) oxide NO2(g) HNO3(ℓ)
O2 O2 O2
11.3 In step C, water is added to the reaction mixture. This step can be
represented by the following incomplete equation:
NO2(g) + ___ + H2O(ℓ) → HNO3(ℓ)
Copy the above incomplete equation into your ANSWER BOOK, fill in the
missing reactant and balance the equation. (2)
3 – 1 – 5 (30)
11.5 Uncontrolled use of fertiliser may cause excess fertiliser to run down into
streams and rivers, leading to eutrophication.
State ONE negative impact that eutrophication in water may have on humans. (2)
[12]
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2011
NSC
n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode
or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of
θ θ θ
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2011
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1
H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne
1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2011
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
−
Co 3+
+e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e− ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
−
+ 8H + 5e−
2+
⇌
+
MnO 4 Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− − 3+
⇌
+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
−
⇌
+
O2(g) + 4H + 4e 2H2O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− −
⇌
+
NO 3 + 4H + 3e NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
Ag + 0,80
− −
⇌
+
NO 3 + 2H + e NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
+ e−
3+ 2+
Fe ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌
+
H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e− ⇌ 2I− + 0,54
−
⇌
+
Cu + e Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− −
⇌
+
SO 4 + 4H + 2e SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
− +
⇌
2+
Cu +e Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e− ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb
−
Sn 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
Ni2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
−
Co 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
Cd2+ + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
Fe2+ + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
−
Cr 3+
+ 3e ⇌ Cr − 0,74
Zn2+ + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH − 0,83
Cr2+ + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
−
Mn 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
−
Mg 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
Na+ + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
Ca2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
−
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
Ba2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K+ + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
Li+ + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2011
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
−
+
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
K+ + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
−
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
Ba2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
−
⇌ − 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e Sr
Ca2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
Na+ + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
−
Mg 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
Aℓ3+ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
−
Mn 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
Cr2+ + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
− −
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH − 0,83
Zn2+ + 2e− ⇌ − 0,76
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2011
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.4 The name of the electrode in a galvanic (voltaic) cell at which oxidation takes
place (1)
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A – D) next to the
question number (2.1 – 2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.
2.1 Which ONE of the following pairs of compounds correctly represents the
products formed during the COMPLETE combustion of octane?
A CO and H2O
B CO and H2
C CO2 and H2
2.2 Which ONE of the following pairs of reactants can be used to prepare the
ester ethyl methanoate in the laboratory?
CH3
CH3 CH CH CH2 C C CH3
CH3
A 2,3-dimethylhept-5-yne.
B 5,6-dimethylhept-2-yne.
C 2,3-methylhept-2-yne.
D 5,6-dimethylhept-3-yne. (2)
2.4 The type of compound formed when but-1-ene reacts with water in the
presence of a suitable catalyst is a/an ...
A alcohol.
B alkane.
C haloalkane.
D ester. (2)
Which ONE of the following changes will increase the yield of HI(g) in the
above reaction?
2.7 The net (overall) cell reaction taking place in a certain cell is represented as
follows:
2.8 When the net (overall) cell reaction in a galvanic (voltaic) cell reaches
equilibrium, the emf of the cell is equal to ...
A +2,00 V.
B +1,00 V.
C 0,00 V.
D -1,00 V. (2)
Cu Cu
2.10 The major products formed in the chlor-alkali industry are ...
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
H H O H
P methanal Q H C C C C H
H H H
H C H
Br
H H H
R S
H C C C C H
Cℓ
H O H H
Knowledge of boiling points can be used to identify chemical compounds. The boiling
points of four organic compounds, represented by the letters A, B, C and D, are given
in the table below.
4.3 An unknown STRAIGHT CHAIN ALKANE has a boiling point of -0,5 °C. Use
the information in the table to identify this alkane and write down its IUPAC
name. (2)
4.4.2 Explain why B has a higher boiling point than C. Refer to structure,
intermolecular forces and energy in your explanation. (3)
4.5 Explain the difference in the boiling points of B and D. Refer to intermolecular
forces and energy in your explanation. (4)
[14]
5.1.4 Write down the reaction condition necessary for Reaction II to take
place. (1)
5.2.2 Write down the IUPAC name of the major organic compound formed
in QUESTION 5.2.1. (2)
5.2.3 Use structural formulae to write down a balanced equation for the
reaction that takes place when 2-chlorobutane reacts with a DILUTE
sodium hydroxide solution. (6)
5.2.4 Write down the name of the type of substitution reaction that takes
place in QUESTION 5.2.3. (1)
Learners perform three investigations (A, B and C) to study three factors which affect
the rate of chemical reactions. They use the reaction between solid calcium carbonate
(CaCO3) and excess hydrochloric acid (HCℓ) solution, represented by the balanced
equation below, in all three investigations.
6.1 INVESTIGATION A:
The learners conduct two experiments using the conditions as shown in the
table below.
6.2 INVESTIGATION B:
The learners conduct two experiments using the conditions as shown in the
table below.
6.3 INVESTIGATION C:
The learners conduct two experiments using the conditions as shown in the
table below.
6.3.1 How does the average kinetic energy of the particles in the reaction
in Experiment 5 compare to that in Experiment 6? Write down
only HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)
6.3.2 On the same set of axes, draw sketch graphs of the number of
molecules versus the kinetic energy (Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution curves) for each of Experiment 5 and Experiment 6.
Label the axes.
Clearly label each graph as Experiment 5 or Experiment 6. (3)
6.4 The graph below shows changes in the potential energy for the reaction
between calcium carbonate and hydrochloric acid.
Course of reaction
Fertilisers allow farmers to grow crops in the same soil year after year. However,
environmental problems, such as eutrophication, are associated with the application of
fertilisers.
7.1 State ONE PRECAUTION that a maize farmer can take to prevent
eutrophication. (1)
7.2 Write down the name of the industrial process for the production of nitric acid. (1)
7.3 Write down a balanced equation for the preparation of ammonium nitrate from
nitric acid. (3)
To meet an increased demand for fertiliser, the management of the company instructs
their engineer to make the necessary adjustments to increase the yield of ammonia.
In a trial run on a small scale in the laboratory, the engineer makes adjustments to the
TEMPERATURE, PRESSURE and CONCENTRATION of the equilibrium mixture.
The graphs below represent the results obtained.
Concentration (mol∙dm-3)
N2
H2
NH3
0 t1 t2 t3 Time (minutes)
7.4 Identify the changes made to the equilibrium mixture at each of the following
times:
7.4.1 t1 (2)
7.4.2 t2 (2)
7.4.3 t3 (2)
7.5 At which of the above time(s) did the change made to the reaction mixture
lead to a higher yield of ammonia? Write down only t1 and/or t2 and/or t3. (2)
7.6 The engineer now injects 5 mol N2 and 5 mol H2 into a 5 dm3 sealed empty
container. Equilibrium is reached at 450 °C. Upon analysis of the equilibrium
mixture, he finds that the mass of NH3 is 20,4 g.
Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant (Kc) at 450 °C. (9)
[22]
The diagram below represents a galvanic (voltaic) cell functioning under standard
conditions with magnesium and silver as electrodes. A voltmeter connected across the
electrodes shows an initial reading of 3,17 V.
Mg(s) Ag(s)
salt bridge
Mg2+(aq) Ag+(aq)
8.1 State the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (2)
8.2 State TWO standard conditions under which this cell operates. (2)
8.3 Identify the anode of this cell. Refer to the relative strength of reducing agents
to explain how you arrived at the answer. (3)
8.4 Write down the cell notation (symbolic notation) of this cell. (3)
8.5 Write down the balanced equation for the net (overall) cell reaction that takes
place in this cell. Omit the spectator ions. (3)
8.6 How will an increase in the concentration of the Ag+ ions influence the current
that the cell delivers? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or
REMAINS THE SAME and explain the answer.
(3)
[16]
battery
copper spoon
electrode
AgNO3(aq)
9.2 What type of half-reaction takes place at the copper spoon? Write down only
OXIDATION or REDUCTION. (1)
9.3 Write down a half-reaction that explains the change that occurs on the surface
of the copper spoon during electrolysis. (2)
9.5 Give a reason why the concentration of the AgNO3(aq) remains constant
during electrolysis. (2)
[8]
A lead-acid battery (car battery) consists of six cells and has a battery capacity of
20 A∙h.
The half-reactions that take place in each cell and their respective standard reduction
potentials are represented below:
10.2 Write down the equation for the net (overall) cell reaction that takes place in
each cell of this battery. (3)
10.3 Calculate the emf of the BATTERY, consisting of six cells, under standard
conditions. (5)
10.4 Calculate the maximum time that this battery will be able to supply a constant
current of 5 A to an appliance connected to it. Assume that the capacity of the
battery remains constant. (4)
10.5 State TWO environmental risks associated with the irresponsible disposal of
lead-acid batteries. (2)
[15]
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC
n
c
V
m
n or/of
M
m
c
MV
Ecell Eθcathode Eθanode / Eθsel Ekatode
θ θ
Eθanode
or/of
q = It
Eθcell Ereduction
θ
Eθoxidation / Eθsel Ereduksie
θ
Eθoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of
E θcell E oxidising
θ
agent E reducingagent / E sel Eoksideermiddel Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1
H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne
1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD- REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe 0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb 0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn 0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni 0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co 0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd 0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+ 0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe 0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr 0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD- REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs 2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2010
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.2 The electrode in a galvanic cell at which reduction takes place (1)
1.4 The type of electrochemical cell used in industry to produce elements such as
chlorine and aluminium (1)
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A – D) next to the
question number (2.1 – 2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.
A H H B H
H C C C H H C O C H
H O H H
O
C H D
H
H O C C H H C O H
H (2)
O H H
2.2 Consider the compound with molecular formula C4H10. How many structural
isomers does this compound have?
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4 (2)
2.3 Which ONE of the following pairs of reactants can be used to prepare the
ester ethyl butanoate in the laboratory?
CH2CH3
Which ONE of the following is the correct IUPAC name of this compound?
A 3-methyl-1-ethylcyclohexane
B 1-ethyl-5-methylcyclohexane
C 1-methyl-5-ethylcyclohexane
D 1-ethyl-3-methylcyclohexane (2)
2.5 The graph below represents the relationship between potential energy and
course of reaction for a certain chemical reaction.
Potential energy (kJ)
5
4
3
2
1
0
Course of reaction
A 1 kJ.
B 2 kJ.
C 3 kJ.
D 4 kJ. (2)
Co(H2O) 26 (aq) + 4Cℓ (aq) ⇌ CoCℓ 24 (aq) + 6H2O(ℓ) ∆H > 0
pink blue
Which ONE of the following changes to the reaction mixture will change its
colour from blue to pink?
A Add a catalyst.
2.7 One of the products formed in a chemical reaction is a gas. Which ONE of
the following graphs of volume versus time best represents the formation of
this gas until the reactants are used up?
A B
volume (cm3)
volume (cm3)
C D
volume (cm3)
volume (cm3)
2.8 Which ONE of the following statements regarding the anode of a standard
galvanic cell in operation is correct?
Which ONE of the following represents the oxidising agent in the above
reaction?
A Ag+
B Ag
C Cu
D Cu2+ (2)
2.10 A membrane cell is used for the electrolysis of brine (saturated solution of salt
and water). One function of the membrane in this cell is to allow … to pass
through it.
A molecules
B anions
C cations
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Start each question on a NEW page.
2. Leave one line between two subquestions, for example between
QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.
3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.
4. Round off ALL numerical answers to TWO decimal places.
A B H C H
H C H
H H H H H C H H H H H H
H C C C C C C H
C C C C H H H
H H H H H
H H H H C C C H H C H
Br H H H
D E H O F
Five alcohols represented by the letters A – E are listed in the table below.
A Methanol B Ethanol
C Propan-1-ol D Butan-2-ol
E 2-methylpropan-2-ol
4.1 Which ONE of the above alcohols is a SECONDARY alcohol? Write down
only the LETTER that represents the alcohol. (1)
4.2 The letter E represents 2-methylpropan-2-ol. For this alcohol, write down the
following:
4.2.2 The LETTER in the table that represents one of its structural
isomers (1)
alcohol
pipette
stopwatch
beaker
The learners use the stopwatch to measure the time it takes a FIXED
VOLUME of each of the alcohols to flow from the pipette. They record this
flow time, which is an indication of the viscosity of each alcohol, as given in
the table below.
4.3.2 Which ONE of the alcohols (A, B, or C) has the highest viscosity?
Use the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)
4.3.3 Refer to the intermolecular forces of the three alcohols (A, B and
C) to explain the trend in viscosities as shown in the table. (2)
4.4 Which ONE of 2-methylpropan-2-ol and butan-2-ol has the higher viscosity? (1)
4.5 Refer to intermolecular forces to explain the answer to QUESTION 4.4. (2)
[14]
5.3.2 Name the type of addition reaction that takes place. (1)
5.3.3 Write down the name or formula of the catalyst used in this reaction. (1)
5.4 Use molecular formulae to write down a balanced chemical equation for the
complete combustion of propane. (3)
5.5 Use structural formulae to write a balanced chemical equation for the
formation of prop-1-ene from a PRIMARY alcohol. (4)
5.6 Name the type of elimination reaction that takes place. (1)
[16]
Give ONE term for each of the following descriptions by choosing a term from
the list above. Write down only the term next to the question number
(6.1.1 – 6.1.6) in the ANSWER BOOK.
6.1.1 A chemical substance that speeds up the rate of a chemical
reaction by lowering the net activation energy (1)
6.1.2 A collision in which the reacting particles have sufficient kinetic
energy and the correct orientation (1)
6.1.3 The factor responsible for increasing the rate of a reaction when a
solid is broken up into smaller pieces (1)
6.1.4 The temporary unstable state that is formed during the course of a
chemical reaction (1)
6.1.5 A measure of the average kinetic energy of the particles in a gas (1)
6.1.6 The net amount of energy released or absorbed during a chemical
reaction (1)
6.2 Learners use hydrochloric acid and a sodium thiosulphate (Na2S2O3) solution
to investigate the relationship between rate of reaction and temperature. The
reaction that takes place is represented by the following equation:
flask
Na2S2O3(aq) + HCℓ(aq)
white paper
They measure the time it takes for the cross to become invisible. The
experiment is repeated with the temperature of the mixture at 40 °C, 50 °C
and 60 °C respectively.
6.2.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the product that requires
the need to work in a well-ventilated room. (1)
6.2.3 Apart from the volume of the reactants, state ONE other variable
that must be kept constant during this investigation. (1)
6.2.4 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the product that causes the
cross to become invisible. (1)
6.2.5 Why is it advisable that the same learner observes the time that it
takes for the cross to become invisible? (1)
0,06
(s 1) 0,04
1
time 2520
0,02
1252
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Temperature (°C)
1
6.2.6 What is represented by on the vertical axis? (1)
time
6.2.7 What conclusion can be drawn from the results obtained? (2)
[15]
Contact process
Process 1
SO3
Nitrogen Hydrogen
Process 2 H2SO4
Compound Y
Ostwald
process
Compound X
Ammonium Ammonium
nitrate sulphate
7.1 Use the information in the flow diagram above and write down the following:
7.3 Write down TWO negative impacts of the use of ammonium nitrate, as
fertiliser, on humans. (4)
The reaction below represents the catalysed step in the contact process:
7.4 The reaction takes place in a closed container and reaches equilibrium at
427 °C. How will a HIGHER temperature affect each of the following? Write
down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
7.5 The reaction is investigated on a small scale in the laboratory. Initially 4 mol
of SO2(g) and an unknown mass, x, of O2(g) are sealed in a 2 dm3 flask and
allowed to reach equilibrium at a certain temperature.
Calculate the mass of O2(g) initially present in the flask if the equilibrium
constant (Kc) at this temperature is 4,5. (9)
[28]
The cell notation of a standard galvanic (voltaic) cell containing an unknown metal
electrode X is shown below.
8.1 Name the component of the cell represented by the double vertical lines (||) in
the above cell notation. (1)
8.2 State the TWO standard conditions that are applicable to the Pb 2+|Pb half-
cell. (2)
8.4 The initial reading on a voltmeter connected across the electrodes of the
above cell is 1,53 V. Identify metal X by calculating the standard reduction
potential of the unknown metal X. (5)
8.5 Write down the balanced equation for the net (overall) reaction taking place in
this cell. Omit the spectator ions. (3)
8.6 How will the initial voltmeter reading be affected if the concentration of the
electrolyte in the X(s)|X3+(aq) half-cell is increased? Write down only
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (2)
8.7 Write down the value of the reading on the voltmeter when the cell reaction
has reached equilibrium. (2)
[16]
The diagram below represents a cell that can be used to electroplate a tin medal with a
thin layer of silver to improve its appearance.
battery
S
medal
9.1 Which one of P or the MEDAL is the anode in this cell? (1)
9.3 Switch S is now closed. Write down the visible changes that will occur at the
following:
9.4 Write down the equation for the half-reaction to support the answer to
QUESTION 9.3.2. (2)
9.5 How will the concentration of the electrolyte change during the electroplating
process? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE
SAME. (1)
9.6 You want to coat the medal with copper instead of silver. State TWO changes
that you will make to the above cell to obtain a medal coated with copper. (2)
[10]
Lead-acid batteries have been used in cars for the past 85 years. The equations of the
half-reactions that take place in each cell of such batteries are shown below.
10.1 Write down the oxidation number of lead (Pb) in PbSO4(s). (1)
10.2 Write down the balanced equation for the net (overall) cell reaction. (3)
10.3 Which ONE of the reactants is the reducing agent in this cell reaction? Give a
reason for the answer. (2)
One of the safety concerns related to the lead-acid battery is the dangers associated
with recharging (that is reversing the net reaction) of a flat battery. Water in the battery
can be electrolysed to produce hydrogen and oxygen gas during recharging.
10.4 Use the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials and write down the half-
reaction which explains the formation of oxygen gas. (2)
10.6 If the cell capacity of such a cell is 3,5 A∙h, calculate the number of electrons
that flow through the cell in 30 minutes. Assume the cell discharges
completely during the 30 minutes. (5)
(The charge on one electron is -1,6 x 10-19 C.) [14]
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2010
NSC
n
c
V
m
n or/of
M
m
c
MV
Ecell Eθcathode Eθanode / Eθsel Ekatode
θ θ
Eθanode
or/of
q = It
Eθcell Ereduction
θ
Eθoxidation / Eθsel Ereduksie
θ
Eθoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of
Eθcell Eoxidising
θ
agent Ereducingagent / Esel Eoksideermiddel Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2010
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1
H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne
1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2010
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe 0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb 0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn 0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni 0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co 0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd 0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+ 0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe 0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr 0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2010
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs 2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2010
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your centre number and examination number in the spaces on the
ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.1 The minimum energy needed for a reaction to take place (1)
1.2 A reaction in which all reactants and products are in the same phase (1)
1.3 A substance whose oxidation number decreases during a chemical reaction (1)
1.5 The type of elimination reaction during which a hydrogen halide is removed
from a haloalkane (1)
[5]
Each of the five statements below is FALSE. Correct each statement so that it is
TRUE. Write down only the correct statement next to the question number (2.1 – 2.5)
in the ANSWER BOOK.
NOTE: Correction by using the negative of the statement, for example ''… IS NOT
…'', will not be accepted.
2.1 The arenes is the homologous series to which cyclohexane belongs. (2)
2.2 The temperature of an enclosed gas is a measure of the kinetic energy of the
individual gas molecules. (2)
2.3 If the equilibrium constant for the reaction A2(g) + B2(g) ⇌ 2AB(g) is equal to
K, then the equilibrium constant for the reverse reaction
2AB(g) ⇌ A2(g) + B2(g) is also equal to K. (2)
2.4 Electrons flow through the salt bridge of a galvanic cell. (2)
2.5 A battery with a capacity of 100 A·h can deliver a maximum charge of 100 C. (2)
[10]
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A – D) of the answer next
to the question number (3.1 – 3.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
H2
propene compound X
Pt
A propyne
B propan-1-ol
C propane
D propan-2-ol (2)
H H H H
dehydration
H C C C C H Y
H H O H
H
Which ONE of the following is the correct condensed structural formula for
compound Y?
A CH2 CH3 B
CH CH3
CH3 CH2 CH3 CH
Which ONE of the following changes will NOT affect the equilibrium position?
A Increase in temperature
B Increase in the amount of Y(s)
C Decrease in pressure at constant volume
D Increase in the volume of the container
(2)
A Only I
B Only II
C I and III
D II and III
(2)
3.5 Which ONE of the following statements about the extraction of aluminium is
TRUE?
D When the cell is in operation, carbon dioxide gas forms at the cathode. (2)
[10]
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
Choose from the above terms/compounds: (Write down the question number only and
next to each the correct term/compound.)
4.1 The homologous series that has a carbonyl group as functional group (1)
4.3 The product formed when an alkane reacts with a halogen (1)
4.7 The homologous series with a –NH2 group as functional group (1)
4.9 A compound which belongs to the homologous series with the general (1)
formula CnH2n - 2
4.10 The type of organic reaction during which hydrogen chloride reacts with
ethene (1)
[10]
5.2 Complete the following equation that represents the complete combustion of
hexane in a car engine. (Balancing of the equation is not required.)
5.4 Petrol requires alkanes in the range from C5 to C10. Cracking is the process
that is used to convert longer chains into shorter chains.
H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
H C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C H
H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
High pressure
High temperature
H H H H H H H H
H H H H
C C + C C + Y + H C C C C C C C C H
H H H H H H H H H H H H
Write down the STRUCTURAL FORMULA and NAME for the hydrocarbon
represented by Y. (3)
[9]
Many of the flavours and odours of fruits are esters. Ethyl ethanoate is the most
common ester found in wines and contributes to the perception of the fruitiness of
wine.
A learner wants to prepare ethyl ethanoate in the school laboratory. She follows the
instructions below.
Mix 1 cm3 ethanoic acid and 1 cm3 ethanol thoroughly in a test tube.
Slowly add 4 drops of concentrated sulphuric acid while swirling the test tube.
Soak a paper towel in cold water and fasten it around the test tube close to its
mouth with an elastic band.
Place the test tube in a water bath and heat the water with a flame to a
temperature of about 60 °C.
Leave the test tube in the hot water bath for about 15 minutes.
Cool the test tube by placing it in a beaker of cold water.
Smell the vapour in the test tube after 10 minutes.
Thermometer
6.2 Use structural formulae to write a balanced equation for the reaction taking
place in the test tube. (5)
6.3 What is the function of the sulphuric acid in the above reaction? (1)
6.4 Why does the method use a water bath instead of direct heating over an open
flame? (1)
6.5 State ONE function of the wet paper towel at the top of the test tube. (1)
6.6 The learner finds it difficult to detect the smell of the ester due to the presence
of sulphuric acid and unreacted ethanoic acid. A friend suggests that she
add 10 drops of a diluted sodium carbonate solution to the contents of the test
tube. Briefly explain why this suggestion might be a solution to the problem.
(2)
6.7 Whilst several esters may be present in wine, the observed aroma is
generally that of the smallest ester present in wine, namely ethyl ethanoate.
State a physical property of ethyl ethanoate which is responsible for this. (1)
[12]
Amides are nitrogen containing organic compounds. Two examples of amides are
ethanamide and N-methylethanamide.
7.3 A group of learners know that the boiling points of straight chain hydrocarbons
increase with an increase in their molecular mass.
The learners want to investigate the relationship between boiling point and
molecular mass of the amides. Based on their knowledge of the relationship
in QUESTION 7.3.1, they hypothesise that:
The learners then determined the boiling points of the following amides:
A: Ethanamide
B: N-methylethanamide
C: N,N-dimethylethanamide
250
A
B
Boiling point (°C)
200
C
150
100
50 60 70 80 90 100
Molecular mass (g·mol-1)
7.3.2 What conclusion can the learners draw from the graph? (2)
7.3.4 One of the learners feels that the experiment is not a fair test. He
suggests that they must rather compare the boiling points of
methanamide, ethanamide and propanamide.
Explain why this suggestion makes the experiment a fair test. (2)
[14]
NO2 can irritate the lungs and cause respiratory infection. When NO2(g) dissolves in
rainwater in air it forms nitric acid which contributes to acid rain.
8.1 State TWO human activities that contribute to high nitrogen dioxide levels in
the atmosphere. (2)
8.2 Write a balanced equation to show how nitric acid forms from nitrogen dioxide
in air. (3)
8.3 High levels of nitrogen dioxide in the atmosphere can result in damage to
crops and eventually food shortages. Briefly state how high levels of nitrogen
dioxide can damage crops. (1)
8.4 Nitric acid can cause corrosion of copper cables whilst hydrochloric acid does
no harm to copper cables. Refer to the relative strengths of the oxidising
agents involved to explain this phenomenon. (3)
8.5 2 mol of NO2(g) and an unknown amount of N2O4(g) are sealed in a 2 dm3
container, that is fitted with a plunger, at a certain temperature. The following
reaction takes place:
2NO2(g) ⇌ N2O4(g)
8.5.1 Calculate the initial amount (in mol) of N2O4(g) that was sealed in
the container. (9)
The plunger is now pushed into the container causing the pressure of the
enclosed gas to increase by decreasing the volume.
8.5.2 How will this change influence the amount of nitrogen dioxide at
equilibrium? Only write down INCREASES, DECREASES or
REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
CO2(g) is allowed to escape from the beaker. The data in the table below was
obtained for a time interval of 8 minutes.
9.1 'Rate' in science refers to something that happens in a certain time. Explain
the term reaction rate. (2)
9.2 Calculate the change in mass of the beaker and its contents during the
8 minutes. (1)
9.3 Use your answer in QUESTION 9.2 to show that the average reaction rate
during the 8 minutes is 1,9 g∙min-1. (2)
9.4 Calculate the mass of calcium carbonate consumed during the 8 minutes. (5)
9.5 Use the collision theory to explain how the rate of the above reaction will
change when powdered calcium carbonate is used instead of calcium
carbonate chunks. (3)
[13]
Batteries consist of one or more galvanic cells. A galvanic cell is a combination of two
half-cells.
John wants to determine which one of Options A or B, shown below, can be used to
assemble a galvanic cell with the highest potential difference.
10.1 Draw a fully labelled diagram of the galvanic cell that John can use to
measure the potential difference for the cell in Option B. Use a positive (+)
and negative (-) sign to indicate the positive and negative electrodes
respectively. (5)
10.2 Write a balanced chemical equation, excluding spectator ions, for the net
(overall) cell reaction for the galvanic cell in Option B. (3)
10.3 Calculate the initial potential difference that can be obtained under standard
conditions for the galvanic cell in Option B. (4)
10.4 State TWO standard conditions that John must adhere to during the
experiment, to ensure that the measured potential difference is the same as
the calculated potential difference. (2)
10.5 Write down the cell notation (symbolic notation) for the galvanic cell in
Option A. (3)
The diagram below is a simplified version of a membrane cell, one of the electrolytic
cells used in the chlor-alkali industry. The letters P and Q represent the two gases
formed during this process.
P Q
membrane
Concentrated water
salt solution
_
+
11.1 Write down the letters P and Q in your answer book. Next to each, write
down the half-reaction that shows how gas P and gas Q are respectively
formed. (4)
11.2 Water (H2O(ℓ)) and sodium ions (Na+(aq)) are both present in the cathode
side of the membrane cell. Explain why hydrogen gas, and not sodium metal,
is formed in the membrane cell. Refer to the relative strengths of oxidising
agents to explain your answer. (2)
A learner who is revising for a test on fertilisers, summarises her notes as follows:
H2 production N2 (Industrial)
Step I (SASOL)
Step II
NH3
Step III
NITRIC ACID (OSTWALD PROCESS)
Step IV
NITROGEN FERTILISER
12.1 Write down the NAME of the industrial process in Step I used to extract
nitrogen gas from the atmosphere. (1)
12.2 The Haber process, indicated in Step II, is represented by the following
equation:
3H2(g) + N2 ⇌ 2NH3(g) H < 0
Explain in terms of reaction rate, equilibrium and temperature why such a high
temperature, and not a lower temperature, is used. (4)
12.3 Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction that produces the
nitrogen fertiliser in Step IV. (3)
12.4 The learner decides to educate the community about the possible negative
effects of the overuse of nitrogen fertilisers on the environment.
Write down the main arguments that she will raise to convince the community
to avoid excessive use of nitrogen fertilisers. (4)
12.5 The learner notes that fertiliser with an NPK ratio of 7:1:1 is needed for the
growth of maize plants.
12.5.1 State what the term NPK ratio means. (2)
12.5.2 Will the fertiliser with this NPK ratio lead to a good crop yield?
Explain the answer. (3)
[17]
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC
m n
n c
M V
m Ecell Eθcathode Eθanode
θ
c
MV E θcell E oxidising
θ
agent E reducingagent
θ
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC
TABLE 3:THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1
H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne
1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,77
MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe 0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb 0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn 0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni 0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co 0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd 0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+ 0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe 0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr 0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs – 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs 2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
GRADE 12
FEBRUARY/MARCH 2009
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
This question paper consists of 15 pages, 4 data sheets and an answer sheet.
8. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) on the attached ANSWER SHEET.
1.1 Atoms, groups of atoms or bonds that give a homologous series its
characteristic properties (1)
1.5 The gas that forms at the positive electrode of a membrane cell (1)
[5]
COLUMN A COLUMN B
2.1 A compound that is always A cathode
present in alcoholic beverages
B reaction rate
2.2 An arene
C CH3OH
2.3 Change in concentration of
reactants per unit time D Na+
I C6H5(CH3)
J anode [5]
Indicate whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE. Choose the answer
and write 'true' or 'false' next to the question number (3.1 – 3.5) on the attached
ANSWER SHEET. Correct the statement if it is FALSE.
3.2 Some catalysts can speed up a chemical reaction by providing a new, lower
energy pathway. (2)
3.3 The equilibrium constant for an exothermic reaction decreases with increase
in temperature. (2)
3.4 The standard conditions used to measure standard electrode potentials are:
A temperature of 273 K
A concentration of 1 mol∙dm-3
A pressure of 101,3 kPa (2)
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Choose the answer and make a cross (X) in
the block (A – D) next to the question number (4.1 – 4.5) on the attached ANSWER
SHEET.
CH CH2 CH3
Br
Which ONE of the following is the correct IUPAC name of this compound?
A 4,6-dibromooctane
B 4-bromo-5-bromo-5-propylpentane
C 3,5-dibromooctane
D 2-bromo-1-bromo-1-propylpentane (3)
N2O4(g) ⇌ 2NO2(g)
A B
[NO2]
[NO2]
Time (s) Time (s)
C D
[NO2]
[NO2]
The diagram below shows the molecules involved in this chemical equilibrium
at 300 K.
The white circles represent atoms of A and the black circles represent atoms
of B.
300 K
4.4 The most common filling for tooth cavities is 'dental amalgam' – a solid
solution of tin and silver in mercury. If you bite on a piece of aluminium foil
that is in contact with a dental filling in your mouth, you may feel a painful
sensation because …
B a temporary galvanic cell has been set up whilst the aluminium and fill
are in contact.
D a temporary electrolytic cell has been set up whilst the aluminium and fill
are in contact. (3)
A algal bloom.
TOTAL SECTION A: 35
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Answer this section in the ANSWER BOOK.
QUESTION 5
There are two structural isomers for the organic compound with molecular formula
C2H4O2.
5.2 Write down the structural formula of these two isomers and next to each its
IUPAC name. (3 x 2) (6)
5.4 Will the vapour pressure of carboxylic acids increase or decrease if the
number of carbon atoms in the chain increases? Give a reason for your
answer. (3)
[17]
QUESTION 6
Over 20 million families depend on rubber cultivation for their livelihood. Tens of
thousands of hectares of tropical forests have been cleared to make way for rubber
plantations.
Chemists have been able to combine other dienes to obtain synthetic rubbers. Some
rubber products include latex products such as hand gloves, raincoats and other
products used in the battle against HIV/Aids.
The world's largest use of rubber is in tyres, and most tyres contain both natural
rubber, which withstands heat better, and one or more kinds of synthetic rubber.
6.3 With regard to the environment, name TWO disadvantages of rubber and the
production of rubber. (2)
6.4 With regard to human life, name TWO benefits of rubber and the production
of rubber. (2)
[9]
QUESTION 7
7.2 Both reactions I and II are examples of addition reactions. Name the type of
addition that is represented by each reaction. (2)
7.3 Write down the structural formula and IUPAC name of the major product
formed in reaction I. (3)
7.4 Reaction I only takes place in the presence of a catalyst. Write down the
formula of the catalyst used in reaction I. (1)
7.5 Write down the structural formula and IUPAC name of the major product
formed in reaction II. (3)
7.6 To which homologous series does the organic product formed in reaction III
belong? (2)
[12]
QUESTION 8
Antacids are used to relieve indigestion. Indigestion is the condition when the stomach
produces too much acid resulting in an uncomfortable and painful feeling. A certain
antacid tablet dissolves in water and reacts with the acid in the stomach to release
carbon dioxide gas.
8.1 Name the type of chemical reaction that explains why antacids bring relief
from indigestion. (1)
8.2 A group of learners wants to investigate the effect of temperature on the rate
of dissolution of this antacid tablet in water.
Thermometer
Stopwatch
Hot plate
Beaker
Measuring cylinder
Spatula/Teaspoon
Water
Antacid tablet (4)
8.2.4 Draw a table that can be used to record the results. Indicate the
relevant headings of the rows and columns in the table. No values
(numerical data) are required. (4)
8.3 Is it better to take the antacid tablet with warm water or with cold water?
Give a reason for your answer. (2)
[15]
QUESTION 9
Nitric oxide (NO(g)) forms in internal combustion engines by the direct combination of
nitrogen and oxygen according to the following reversible reaction:
In air, nitric oxide is rapidly oxidised to nitrogen dioxide (NO 2(g)) that initiates the
reactions responsible for the formation of smog. Nitrogen dioxide acts as catalyst for
the formation of ozone, a key component of smog.
9.1 Before the Olympic Games in Beijing, authorities were extremely concerned
about the levels of smog in the city.
Explain why high smog levels are especially dangerous for sports people. (2)
9.4 During a research experiment carried out by initially adding 1 mol of O 2(g)
and 1 mol of N2(g) in a 2 dm3 closed container at 300 K, it was found that the
concentration of the NO(g) present in the container at equilibrium was
0,1 mol∙dm-3.
Calculate the equilibrium constant (Kc) for the reaction at this temperature. (7)
9.6 Draw the potential energy diagram for the above reaction. Indicate the heat
of reaction and the activation energy for the catalysed reaction on the
diagram. (5)
[21]
QUESTION 10
The discovery of electrochemical cells has revolutionised our way of life. The diagram
below represents an electrochemical cell.
H2(g) Zn
Pt
H+(aq) Zn2+(aq)
10.1 Name the type of electrochemical cell that converts chemical energy to
electrical energy. (1)
10.3 Write down the value of the standard emf of the electrochemical cell when it is
functioning. (1)
10.4 Write down the voltmeter reading when the net cell reaction in the above
electrochemical cell reaches equilibrium. (1)
10.5 Write down the equation for the reaction that occurs at the anode. (2)
10.6.1 Which electrode will undergo a decrease in mass? Give a reason for
your answer. (2)
10.6.3 After a while the emf of this electrochemical cell decreases. Explain
this observation by referring to the concentration of the electrolytes. (2)
10.7 Electrochemical cells such as motor car batteries with plastic casings can
harm the environment if not disposed of safely. Suggest TWO ways how
motor car batteries can be safely disposed of. (2)
[16]
QUESTION 11
Electrode Y
Electrode X
(Nickel artefact)
Ag+ solution
11.1 Which electrode (cathode/anode) will the nickel artefact represent? (1)
11.3 Write down the half-reaction responsible for the change that occurs at the
surface of the artefact. (2)
11.4 Give a reason why the concentration of the electrolyte remains constant
during electroplating. (2)
11.5 In industry some plastic articles are sometimes electroplated. Explain why
plastic must be coated with graphite before electroplating. (2)
11.6 Give a reason why, from a business point of view, it is not advisable to plate
platinum with silver. (1)
[9]
QUESTION 12
About one third of the protein consumed by humans comes from fertilisers. The flow
diagram below shows three industrial processes, A, B and C, that result in the
production of fertilisers.
Process A Process C
Contact process
Step 1: S + O2 → SO2
Step 2: _________________
N2 H2 Step 3: SO3 + H2SO4 → X
Step 4: X + H2O → H2SO4
Process B
H2SO4
NH3
12.2 Write down the balanced equation for the reaction which takes place in
process B. (3)
12.3 Write down the balanced equation for step 2 of Process C. (3)
12.4 Write down the FORMULA and the NAME of product X in step 3 of
Process C. (2)
12.5 Write the FORMULA and the NAME of the fertiliser represented by Y. (3)
12.6 Fertiliser prices increased by more than 200 per cent since 2007. This rise is
fuelled by new demand.
12.6.1 Give TWO reasons why there is a continuous demand for fertilisers. (2)
12.6.2 Give TWO reasons why there is an increase in the price of fertilisers. (2)
[16]
m n
n c
M V
Ecell Eθcathode Eθanode / Esel
θ θ
Ekatode
θ
Eanode
θ
m
c Eθcell Ereduction
θ
Eθoxidation / Esel
θ
Ereduksie
θ
Eoksidasie
θ
MV
E θcell E oxidising
θ
agent E reducingagent / Esel Eoksideermiddel Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC
TABLE 3:THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1
H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne
1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe 0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb 0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn 0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni 0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co 0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd 0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+ 0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe 0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr 0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs 2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë
EXAMINATION NUMBER:
3.1
(2)
3.2
(2)
3.3
(2)
3.4
(2)
3.5
(2)
[10]
QUESTION 4/VRAAG 4
4.1 A B C D
4.2 A B C D
4.3 A B C D
4.4 A B C D
4.5 A B C D
(5 x 3) [15]
GRADE 12
NOVEMBER 2009
MARKS: 150
TIME: 3 hours
1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.
SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)
7. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.
8. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.
SECTION A
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.1 A group of organic compounds with the carbonyl group as functional group (1)
1.2 The stage in a reversible reaction when the rate of the forward reaction
equals the rate of the reverse reaction (1)
1.4 The component of a galvanic cell that ensures electrical neutrality in both
half-cells (1)
Each of the five statements below is FALSE. Correct each statement so that it is
TRUE. Write down the correct statement next to the question number (2.1 – 2.5) in the
ANSWER BOOK.
NOTE: Correction by using the negative of the statement, for example, ''… IS
NOT …'', will not be accepted.
2.2 A catalyst increases the rate of a reaction by lowering the heat of the reaction. (2)
2.3 For the heterogeneous equilibrium NH4 C (s) ⇌ NH3(g) + HC (g),
[NH 3 (g)][HC(g)]
Kc = .
[NH 4C(s)] (2)
2.4 During the extraction of aluminium from bauxite, carbon is reduced at the
anode. (2)
2.5 Plants absorb nitrogen in the form of ammonia to ensure healthy growth. (2)
[10]
Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A – D) next to the
question number (3.1 – 3.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
H H H H O H H
H C C C C O C C C H
H H H H H H
Which ONE of the following pairs of compounds can be used to prepare the
above ester?
3.2 Which ONE of the following reaction types can be used to prepare ethene
from octane?
A Addition
B Hydrogenation
C Cracking
D Substitution (2)
3.3 When the equilibrium constant of a reversible reaction has a value much
greater than 1 (Kc > 1), it indicates that …
3.4 The diagram below represents a cell that may be used for refining copper.
The impure copper contains silver metal and zinc metal.
impure copper
CuSO4(aq)
sludge
A Ag+ + e- → Ag
B Cu → Cu2+ + 2e-
C Cu2+ + 2e- → Cu
3.5 Which ONE of the reactions below occurs when the fertiliser ammonium
nitrate is prepared from nitric acid?
A Decomposition
B Oxidation
C Acid-base
D Dehydration (2)
[10]
TOTAL SECTION A: 25
SECTION B
2. Start each question on a new page. Leave one line between two
subquestions, for example between QUESTION 4.1 and QUESTION 4.2.
The ozone layer protects the earth and its inhabitants from the dangerous ultraviolet
rays of the sun. It was discovered that gases such as chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) had
damaged the ozone layer, creating a huge hole through which dangerous ultraviolet
light could reach the earth.
CFCs were widely used as cooling agents in air conditioners and refrigerators and as
propellants in aerosol cans because of their special physical properties. CFCs can be
produced by the reaction of alkanes with chlorine, followed by the reaction of the
resulting product with fluorine.
Since the banning of CFCs in the year 2000, hydrocarbons such as propane and
2-methylpropane are now used as more environmentally friendly alternatives to CFCs.
Both these hydrocarbons and CFCs are greenhouse gases. However, CFCs have
greater global warming potential.
4.1 The structural formula for a commonly used CFC is given below.
C C F
C
4.2 Which physical property of CFCs makes them suitable for use as cooling
agents and propellant gases? (1)
4.3.2 Describe how this negative impact also affects human health. (2)
4.4 Use condensed structural formulae to write a balanced equation for the
preparation of chloroethane from ethane. (3)
4.5 State ONE reaction condition needed for the reaction in QUESTION 4.4 to
occur. (1)
4.7 Give TWO reasons why propane and 2-methylpropane are considered more
environmentally friendly than CFCs. (2)
[14]
The table below shows data collected for four organic compounds, represented by the
letters A – D, during a practical investigation.
5.3 Write down the IUPAC name for each of the following compounds:
5.3.1 B (1)
5.3.2 C (1)
5.4 Write down the structural formula of a secondary amine that is a structural
isomer of compound C. (2)
5.8 Which ONE of compound B or C will have the highest vapour pressure at a
specific temperature? Give a reason for your answer. (2)
[15]
The flow diagram below shows the conversion of an alcohol into haloalkanes.
Compound X + Compound Y
Compound P HBr
Butan-2-ol dehydration
Compound Q
HBr
Compound X
6.1 Name the type of organic reaction of which dehydration is an example. (1)
6.4 Use structural formulae to write a balanced equation for the preparation of
compound Q as illustrated above. (4)
6.5 Which compound, P or Q, will be the major product? Give a reason for your
answer. (2)
6.6 Write down the structural formula and the IUPAC name for compound X. (3)
6.7 A learner indicates that he can convert butan-2-ol directly into compound X.
Name the type of reaction that will take place during a direct conversion. (1)
[13]
The active ingredient in a certain antacid tablet is the carbonate ion ( CO32 (aq)). This
ion reacts with the hydrochloric acid in your stomach according to the following
reaction:
The formation of CO2 gas is an indication that some of the acid has been neutralised
and this brings relief from indigestion.
A group of learners use two of these antacid tablets to investigate one of the factors
that influence the reaction rate. They follow the method and use the apparatus
given below, to conduct the investigation.
Method:
Apparatus
Delivery tube
Gas syringe
Conical flask
(Erlenmeyer Stopwatch
flask)
7.3 State THREE variables that must be controlled during this investigation. (3)
7.4 Apart from the apparatus illustrated on page 9, the learners need at least
TWO other pieces of apparatus to conduct the investigation.
Write down the NAMES of the two pieces of apparatus, as well as the
PURPOSE of each, in your ANSWER BOOK. (4)
7.5 The learners measure the volume of CO2 gas formed at 30-second intervals in
Step 3 of the method. Write down the NAME of the apparatus that they used
for measuring the volume of the CO2. (1)
7.6 Consider the sketch graph below for the reaction of hydrochloric acid with the
SOLID antacid tablet.
Volume of CO2(g)
P
(cm3)
Time (s)
Redraw the above sketch graph in your ANSWER BOOK. On the same set of
axes, sketch the curve Q that was obtained for the reaction of the
POWDERED antacid tablet with hydrochloric acid.
Clearly label the curves P and Q on the re-drawn sketch graph. (3)
7.7 The instruction on an antacid packet recommends that antacid tablets must be
chewed for faster relief. Explain how chewing the tablets bring about faster
relief. (2)
[17]
8
Amount of gas (mol)
AB2(g)
6
AB3(g)
4
B2(g)
0
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32
Time (minutes)
8.1 Use the information in the graph to calculate the value of the equilibrium
constant at 500 °C. (7)
8.2 The temperature is increased to 600 °C at the 16th minute.
8.2.1 Is the forward reaction endothermic or exothermic?
Use Le Chatelier's principle to explain your answer. (3)
8.2.2 How does the equilibrium constant between t = 8 minutes and
t = 16 minutes compare to that between t = 24 minutes and
t = 32 minutes? Write down only GREATER THAN, SMALLER
THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)
8.3 The volume of the container is decreased from 2 dm 3 to 1 dm3 after
32 minutes, while keeping the temperature constant at 600 °C. How will each
of the following be affected?
8.3.1 The value of Kc (1)
8.3.2 The number of moles of AB3(g). Use Le Chatelier's principle to
explain your answer. (4)
[16]
The diagrams below represent two types of electrochemical cells. The electrodes of
Cell A are labelled P and Q, and the electrodes of Cell B are labelled R and T.
P + - Q R + - T
Cell A Cell B
9.2 Cell A represents the type of cell that can be used to plate an iron coin with
nickel.
9.2.1 Write down the formula of the ION that can be used as oxidising
agent in this cell. (1)
9.2.2 Which electrode, P or Q, should consist of the iron coin? Write down
the relevant half-reaction that will occur at this electrode. (3)
9.2.3 The concentration of the electrolyte does not change during this
process. Explain how this is possible. (2)
9.3.1 State the energy conversion that occurs in this cell. (2)
9.3.2 Write down a balanced equation for the overall (or net) cell reaction
taking place in this cell. (3)
9.3.4 Distilled water is added to the Ag+ solution. How will the EMF of the
cell be affected? Write only INCREASES, DECREASES or
REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
9.3.5 In which direction will electrons flow in the external circuit? Write only
'from A to Ag' or 'from Ag to A'. (1)
[20]
Four possible steps in the manufacture of an artificial fertiliser are listed below.
10.1 Write a balanced equation for the reaction in Step II. (3)
10.2 What is the name of the industrial process represented by Step III? (1)
10.3 Write down a balanced chemical equation for Step IV. (3)
10.4 A community is protesting against a fertiliser plant being set up close to a lake,
which is their only source of drinking water.
Brine Water
+ _
11.1 Write down the equation for the half-reaction that takes place at the cathode. (2)
11.2 Write the balanced overall (net) cell reaction, omitting spectator ions, for this
cell. (3)
11.3 State TWO functions of the membrane in the above cell. (2)
11.4 Use the relative strengths of oxidising agents present in a brine solution to
explain why sodium metal is NOT one of the products in this process. (2)
11.5 Chlorine is used in many useful products such as plastics, drugs and
disinfectants. Environmentalists are protesting against the large-scale
production of chlorine. They base their argument on the negative impact of
chlorine on humans.
A sketch of a dry cell, such as the one used in a torch or radio, is shown below.
cathode
cardboard/paper
salt bridge
moist electrolyte paste
In some types of dry cells, the electrolyte paste is made of ammonium chloride which is
acidic. In other types of cells the paste is alkaline, due to an alkali such as potassium
hydroxide. The alkaline cells are known to last longer than those containing
ammonium chloride.
12.2 Give a reason why alkaline cells last longer than cells that contain acid. (2)
12.3 A certain alkaline battery made to operate over a 20-hour period is marked
1,5 V; 1 000 mA·h.
12.3.1 Calculate the maximum work (in joule) that can be done by this
battery. (4)
12.3.2 Calculate the maximum constant current that the battery can supply
for 20 hours. (3)
12.4 Give ONE reason why rechargeable batteries have less impact on global
warming than non-rechargeable batteries. (1)
[11]
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DoE/November 2009
NSC
m n m
n c or c
M V MV
Ecell Ecathode Eθanode / Eθsel Ekatode
θ θ θ
Eθanode
q = It
Eθcell Ereduction
θ
Eθoxidation / Eθsel Ereduksie
θ
Eθoksidasie
W = Vq
E θcell E oxidising
θ
agent E reducingagent / E sel Eoksideermiddel Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1
H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne
1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe 0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb 0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn 0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni 0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co 0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd 0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+ 0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe 0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr 0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn 0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH 0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr 0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn 1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ 1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs – 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DoE/November 2009
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li 3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K 2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs 2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba 2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr 2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca 2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na 2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg 2,36
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë